US20210062349A1 - Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes co2-to-ethylene conversion - Google Patents

Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes co2-to-ethylene conversion Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210062349A1
US20210062349A1 US16/925,833 US202016925833A US2021062349A1 US 20210062349 A1 US20210062349 A1 US 20210062349A1 US 202016925833 A US202016925833 A US 202016925833A US 2021062349 A1 US2021062349 A1 US 2021062349A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
gas
substituted
diffusion membrane
groups
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US16/925,833
Other versions
US11746426B2 (en
Inventor
Theodor Agapie
Alonso ROSAS-HERNANDEZ
Fengwang LI
Jonas C. Peters
Edward H. Sargent
Arnaud THEVENON
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
University of Toronto
California Institute of Technology CalTech
Original Assignee
University of Toronto
California Institute of Technology CalTech
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by University of Toronto, California Institute of Technology CalTech filed Critical University of Toronto
Priority to US16/925,833 priority Critical patent/US11746426B2/en
Assigned to UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY reassignment UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
Publication of US20210062349A1 publication Critical patent/US20210062349A1/en
Assigned to THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO reassignment THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LI, Fengwang, SARGENT, EDWARD H.
Assigned to THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO reassignment THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LI, Fengwang, SARGENT, EDWARD H.
Assigned to CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY reassignment CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: PETERS, JONAS C., THEVENON, Arnaud, AGAPIE, THEODOR, ROSAS-HERNANDEZ, Alonso
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US11746426B2 publication Critical patent/US11746426B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B3/00—Electrolytic production of organic compounds
    • C25B3/20—Processes
    • C25B3/25—Reduction
    • C25B3/26—Reduction of carbon dioxide
    • C25B3/04—
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B3/00—Electrolytic production of organic compounds
    • C25B3/20—Processes
    • C25B3/25—Reduction
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/70—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
    • B01J23/72—Copper
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/02—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by shape or form
    • C25B11/03—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by shape or form perforated or foraminous
    • C25B11/031—Porous electrodes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/02—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by shape or form
    • C25B11/03—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by shape or form perforated or foraminous
    • C25B11/031—Porous electrodes
    • C25B11/032—Gas diffusion electrodes
    • C25B11/035—
    • C25B11/0489—
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/04—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by the material
    • C25B11/051—Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier
    • C25B11/052—Electrodes comprising one or more electrocatalytic coatings on a substrate
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B11/00—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for
    • C25B11/04—Electrodes; Manufacture thereof not otherwise provided for characterised by the material
    • C25B11/051—Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier
    • C25B11/073—Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the electrocatalyst material
    • C25B11/091—Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the electrocatalyst material consisting of at least one catalytic element and at least one catalytic compound; consisting of two or more catalytic elements or catalytic compounds
    • C25B11/095—Electrodes formed of electrocatalysts on a substrate or carrier characterised by the electrocatalyst material consisting of at least one catalytic element and at least one catalytic compound; consisting of two or more catalytic elements or catalytic compounds at least one of the compounds being organic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B13/00—Diaphragms; Spacing elements
    • C25B13/04—Diaphragms; Spacing elements characterised by the material
    • C25B13/08—Diaphragms; Spacing elements characterised by the material based on organic materials
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B15/00—Operating or servicing cells
    • C25B15/02—Process control or regulation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B15/00—Operating or servicing cells
    • C25B15/08—Supplying or removing reactants or electrolytes; Regeneration of electrolytes
    • C25B9/10—
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOUNDS OR NON-METALS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25B9/00—Cells or assemblies of cells; Constructional parts of cells; Assemblies of constructional parts, e.g. electrode-diaphragm assemblies; Process-related cell features
    • C25B9/17—Cells comprising dimensionally-stable non-movable electrodes; Assemblies of constructional parts thereof
    • C25B9/19—Cells comprising dimensionally-stable non-movable electrodes; Assemblies of constructional parts thereof with diaphragms
    • C25B9/23—Cells comprising dimensionally-stable non-movable electrodes; Assemblies of constructional parts thereof with diaphragms comprising ion-exchange membranes in or on which electrode material is embedded
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25D13/00—Electrophoretic coating characterised by the process
    • C25D13/22—Servicing or operating apparatus or multistep processes

Definitions

  • the CO 2 reduction reaction is of particular interest for generating multicarbon products for use as fuels, chemical precursors for industrial applications and other applications.
  • the CO 2 reduction reaction can generate C ⁇ 2 hydrocarbons for use as fuels.
  • the CO 2 reduction reaction can occur at the cathode of a solar fuels generator.
  • the CO 2 reduction reaction may be useful in renewable energy technologies. For example, enable the storage of intermittent renewable electricity as well as net reductions of greenhouse gas emissions.
  • the CO 2 reduction reaction can produce a variety of products in addition to C ⁇ 2 hydrocarbons.
  • the CO 2 reduction reaction can produce methane in addition to C ⁇ 2 hydrocarbons or as an alternative to C ⁇ 2 hydrocarbons.
  • the hydrogen evolution reaction HER
  • Tuning the stabilities of intermediates to favour a desired reaction pathway can enhance selectivity.
  • the Faradaic efficiency for certain product hydrocarbons, such as ethylene is still low, particularly in neutral media, resulting in a low energy efficiency. Accordingly, there is a need to control the selectivity of the CO 2 reduction reaction for particular products.
  • membranes, electrodes, electrocatalytic systems, and methods for address aforementioned and other challenges are provided herein.
  • embodiments disclosed herein provide for improved efficiencies and current densities for production of useful hydrocarbons from reduction of CO 2 .
  • an electrolytic system for electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide comprising: an anode; a cathode in electrical communication with the anode, the cathode comprising: a first current collector; a porous gas-diffusion membrane having a first side and a second side; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO 2 ; an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane and in electrical communication with the first current collector; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; and an anion exchange membrane adjacent to the electrocatalyst layer and positioned between the ano
  • the system comprises a first electrolyte in physical contact and in ionic communication with at least a portion of the anode; wherein the anion exchange membrane physically separates the first electrolyte from the cathode.
  • the first electrolyte is characterized by a pH selected from the range of 6 to 14.
  • the first electrolyte is characterized by a pH of substantially 7 to avoid consuming bicarbonate from the reaction ⁇ OH+CO 2 ⁇ HCO 3 ⁇ .
  • the system comprises a first gas volume adjacent to the first side of the porous gas-diffusion membrane; wherein the first gas volume is in operable contact with the gas-diffusion membrane such that CO 2 from the first gas volume can penetrate into the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane and such that a product gas can enter the first gas volume from the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • the systems is configured such that: CO 2 gas is provided to the first gas volume; the CO 2 gas penetrates the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane and diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane to the electrocatalyst layer; the CO 2 gas is reduced at the electrocatalyst layer to produce at least one product gas, the at least one product gas having a composition comprising at least two carbon atoms (C ⁇ 2 ); and the at least one product gas diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane and out of the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • the anion exchange membrane provides for transport of anions formed or dissociated at the electrocatalyst layer from the electrocatalyst layer to the first electrolyte.
  • the electrically conductive catalyst comprises Cu.
  • the electrically conductive catalyst is Cu.
  • the electrically conductive catalyst is homogeneous and continuously or contiguous on the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • the electrically conductive catalyst (e.g., Cu) is preferably deposited on one side of the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • the gas-diffusion membrane and catalyst can then be functionalized with other porous materials which could be formed of the same (e.g., PTFE), similar, or other material as that gas-diffusion membrane, but the thickness of these functionalized porous material is significantly different from that of the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • a functionalization e.g., using porous material
  • the electrically conductive catalyst is also a coating on an internal porous surface of the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • the gas-diffusion membrane is hydrophobic.
  • the gas-diffusion membrane is hydrophobic and electrically insulating.
  • the gas-diffusion membrane comprises a fluorocarbon polymer, such as PTFE.
  • the gas-diffusion membrane has: a porosity characterized by pores having a characteristic pore size selected from the range of 10 nm to 2 ⁇ m and a thickness selected from the range of 20 nm to 500 ⁇ m.
  • the selectivity-determining organic material is attached to the electrically conductive catalyst via physisoprtion (van der Waals interactions).
  • each of the oligomers comprises 2, 3, or 4 of the base units.
  • each of the oligomers is a dimer comprising 2 of the base units.
  • each of the oligomers is positively charged.
  • each of the base units comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted pyridinium group, at least one substituted or unsubstituted arylpyridinium group, and/or at least one substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrolinium group.
  • each of the base units comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted N-functionalized pyridinium group.
  • each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, FX3D, or any combination of these.
  • each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, or FX3D.
  • each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, or FX3D.
  • each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, FX3D, or any combination of these:
  • each of R 1 and R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n heteroalkenylene group;
  • n is an integer greater than 2 or an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100;
  • each of R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 11 , R 17 , R 40 , R 42 , R 44 , R 47 , R 49 , and R 51 is independently a single bond to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group,
  • each of R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 11 , R 17 , R 40 , R 42 , R 44 , R 47 , R 49 , and R 51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g.
  • each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, or FX3H.
  • each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, FX3H, or any combination of these.
  • each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, FX3H, or any combination of these:
  • each of R 1 and R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n heteroalkenylene group;
  • n is an integer greater than 2 or an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100;
  • each of R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 11 , R 17 , R 40 , R 42 , R 44 , R 47 , R 49 , and R 51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group
  • each of R 3 , R 7 , R 10 , R 12 -R 16 , R 18 -R 21 , R 30 , R 41 , R 43 , R 45 -R 46 , R 48 , R 50 , R 52 -R 53 , and R 61 is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, C 1 -C 30 alkyl, C 3 -C 30 cycloalkyl, C 5 -C 30 aryl, C 5 -C 30 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 30 acyl, C 1 -C 30 hydroxyl, C 1 -C 30 alkoxy, C 2 -C 30 alkenyl, C 2 -C 30 alkynyl, C 5 -C 30 alkylaryl, —CO 2 R 70 , —CONR 71 R 72 , —COR 73 , —SOR 74 , —OSR 75 , —SO 2 R 70 , —CONR 71 R 72 , —COR 73
  • the electrocatalyst layer provides for selectivity of at least 70%, more preferably at least 75%, more preferably at least 80%, more preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, more preferably at least 99%, for C ⁇ 2 products of CO 2 reduction.
  • the electrocatalytic system is characterized by a CO 2 reduction current density of at least 100 mA/cm 2 , preferably at least 200 mA/cm 2 , optionally selected from the range of 200 to 800 mA/cm 2 , more preferably at least 300 mA/cm 2 , more preferably at least 400 mA/cm 2 , more preferably at least 500 mA/cm 2 , more preferably at least 600 mA/cm 2 , more preferably at least 700 mA/cm 2 , and more preferably at least 800 mA/cm 2 .
  • the organic material stabilizes a morphology of the electron conducting catalyst for at least 60 hours, optionally selected from the range of 60 to 190 hours, preferably at least 100 hours, preferably at least 120 hours, preferably at least 150 hours, preferably at least 190 hours, during the CO 2 reduction with respect to the morphology of the electron conducting catalyst without the organic material thereon.
  • the electrocatalytic system is characterized by a current density of at least 230 mA/cm 2 and a selectivity of at least 72% for ethylene production via CO 2 reduction for at least 190 hours.
  • the electrocatalytic system is characterized by an energy efficiency of at least 20%.
  • aspects of the invention include a porous gas-diffusion membrane comprising: a first side and a second side; and an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electron conducting catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO 2 gas; wherein the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane is capable of providing transport of CO 2 gas therethrough; and wherein the electron conducting catalyst is capable of being electrically connected to an electrode of an electrolytic system.
  • aspects of the invention include a method of depositing an organic material onto an electrically conductive catalyst, the method comprising steps of: exposing the electrically conductive catalyst to an electrolyte; wherein: the electrically conductive catalyst is provided on a second side of a gas-diffusion membrane; the gas-diffusion membrane is electrically insulating, porous, and CO 2 -permeable; the electrolyte comprises a first salt having a first concentration and at least one additive salt having a second concentration; the at least one additive comprises an organic cation having at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; applying a current and/or voltage to the electrically conductive catalyst; and via the step of applying the current and/or voltage, reducing the at least one additive at the electrically conductive catalyst thereby depositing the organic material onto the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and each base unit
  • each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted pyridinium group, at least one substituted or unsubstituted arylpyridinium group, and/or at least one substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrolinium group.
  • each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted N-functionalized pyridinium group.
  • each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted cation comprising a moiety characterized by Formula FX1A, FX2A, and FX3B.
  • each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted cation characterized by Formula FX1A, FX2A, and
  • each of R 1 and R 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 to C n heteroalkenylene group;
  • n is an integer greater than 2 or an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100;
  • each of R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 , R 11 , R 17 , R 40 , R 42 , R 44 , R 47 , R 49 , and R 51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group
  • aspects disclosed herein also include a method for reducing CO 2 gas using an electrolytic system, the method comprising steps of: applying a voltage between an anode and a cathode of the electrolytic system; wherein the electrolytic system comprises: the anode; the cathode in electrical communication with the anode, the cathode comprising: a first current collector; a porous gas-diffusion membrane having a first side and a second side; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO 2 ; an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane and in electrical communication with the first current collector; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and each base unit comprises at least one heterocycl
  • FIGS. 1A-1C Dimerization of N-arylpyridinium additives, and correlation of ethylene selectivity with Bader charge.
  • FIG. 1A Reaction describing the electro-dimerization process that converts an N-arylpyridinium salt to a mixture of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines.
  • FIG. 1B Molecular structures of additives 1-11.
  • FIG. 1C Trend for ethylene FE and calculated Bader charge for the nitrogen atom of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines prepared from 1-11.
  • Molecules or compounds 1-11 shown in FIGS. 1A-1C are exemplary additives useful for forming selectivity-determining organic material, according to embodiments herein.
  • FIGS. 2A-2D Mechanistic investigations of the stabilization of CO-bound intermediates.
  • FIG. 2A The relationship between the ethylene FE and the ratio of atop CO and bridge CO on Cu-x electrodes. The relative population of these two kinds of Cu-bound CO was calculated through the integrated areas of each band in the Raman spectra, which are proportional to the corresponding *CO coverage (see Example 2B Note 3 for more details). The error bars for ethylene FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples.
  • FIG. 2B The relationship between the ratio of atop CO to bridge CO on Cu-x and the Bader charge for the nitrogen atom of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from additive x.
  • FIGS. 1A-1C The Bader charges and associated uncertainty were calculated using the same protocol as in FIGS. 1A-1C .
  • the error bars for the ratio of CO atop to CO bridge in FIGS. 2A and 2B represent one standard deviation based on two independent measurements.
  • FIG. 2C Energy barriers of the dimerization of two CO at both bridge sites and two CO at bridge and atop sites, respectively. IS, initial state; TS, transient state; FS, final state.
  • FIG. 2D Plots of electron density difference for the CO adsorption with one water layer and the tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1. The yellow and blue contours represent electron density accumulations and depressions, respectively. Dashed lines indicate hydrogen bond network. Red, O; grey, C; blue, N; white, H; pink, Cu.
  • FIGS. 3A-3C CO 2 RR performance in liquid-electrolyte flow cells.
  • FIG. 3A Reaction describing the electro-oligomerization of the N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium salt 12 to form an N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer.
  • FIG. 3B FE of ethylene on Cu and Cu-12 using CO 2 -saturated 1 M KHCO 3 as the supporting electrolyte.
  • FIG. 3C FEs of CO and ethylene on Cu and Cu-12 at the applied potential range of ⁇ 0.47 V to ⁇ 0.84 V. The error bars for FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples.
  • Compound 12 shown in FIG. 3A is an exemplary additive useful for forming selectivity-determining organic material, according to embodiments herein.
  • Cu-12 refers to a selectivity-determining organic material derived or formed from compound 12 and attached to Cu.
  • FIG. 4 Ethylene electrosynthesis in a membrane-electrode assembly device.
  • the operating current and ethylene FE were monitored for the device.
  • Cu-12 and iridium oxide supported on titanium mesh were used as the cathode and anode, respectively.
  • Humidified CO 2 was flowed through the gas channels in the cathode, and 0.1 M aqueous KHCO 3 solution was flowed through channels in the anode.
  • the anode and cathode were separated by an anion exchange membrane to form the membrane-electrode assembly.
  • the total geometric area of the flow field in the cathode is 5 cm 2 , of which 45% is the gas channel while the remaining 55% is the land area ( FIGS. 31 and 32 A- 32 C).
  • Full-cell voltage was gradually increased from 3 V to 3.65 V and kept constant starting at time 0.
  • FIGS. 5A-5L 1 H NMR of the molecules 1-4.
  • FIGS. 5A-5D The spectra of 1 and 2 were recorded in D 2 O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d 6 (298 K).
  • 1 H NMR of the molecules 5-8. (Shown in FIGS. 5E-5H ) The spectrum of 5 was recorded in D 2 O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d 6 (298 K).
  • 1 H NMR of the molecules 9-12 (Shown in FIGS. 5I-5L ) The spectra of 9 and 11 were recorded in D 2 O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d 6 (298 K). Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B .
  • FIGS. 6A-6E 13 C NMR of the new molecules 7-9.
  • the spectrum of the molecule 9 was recorded in D 2 O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d 6 (298 K).
  • 13 C NMR of the new molecules 10 and 11. (Shown in FIGS. 6D-6E ) The spectrum of the molecule 10 was recorded in DMSO-d 6 (298 K) and 11 in D 2 O (298 K).
  • Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B .
  • FIG. 7 Single-crystal X-ray structure of compound 14 (1,1′-ditolyl-2.2′-dihydro-4.4′-diphenyl-2.2′-bipyridine). Carbon atoms are depicted in gray, nitrogen in blue, and hydrogen in white.
  • FIG. 8A 1 H NMR and COSY ( FIG. 8B ) spectra of compound 14 (1,1′-ditolyl-2.2′-dihydro-4.4′-diphenyl-2.2′-bipyridine). The spectra were recorded in CD 2 Cl 2 (298 K).
  • FIGS. 9A-9M Molecular structures and 1 H NMR spectra of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines formed from additives 1-5. (Shown in FIGS. 9A-9E ) The 1 H NMR spectrum of the tetrahydro-bipyridine from additive 2 could not be assigned. Molecular structures and 1 H NMR spectra of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines formed from additives 6-10. (Shown in FIGS. 9F-9J ) The 1 H NMR spectra of the tetrahydro-bipyridines from additives 7, 9 and 10 could not be assigned.
  • the two end groups consist of 1-(1-4dihydropyridine)phenyl-4-pyridinium moieties and the repeating unit of a 1-4-di(1-4dihydropyridine)phenyl block. From the ratio between the numbers of protons of the two end groups and the repeating units (accounted for 28 protons and 84 protons, respectively) the number of repeating units was found to be three. Therefore, the oligomer deposited on the Cu appears to result primarily from the reductive coupling of five N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium additive (12). To prepare sufficient quantities of film for NMR characterization ( FIGS. 9A-9L ), longer electrodeposition time at a fixed applied potential ( ⁇ 1 V vs.
  • FIG. 9M In order to evaluate if the chemical composition of the film prepared by this method was the same as the one prepared for electrocatalysis measurement, we compared the 1 H NMR spectra of films formed from additive 1 prepared by both methods (top for fixed applied potential on copper foil, bottom for fixed current on electrode described in Electrode Preparation part in Methods). The spectra are very similar, indicating the films prepared by both methods have similar composition. * denotes signal from benzene contamination. Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B .
  • FIGS. 10A-10L Formal Bader charges of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines and the N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer formed from molecule 1-12. Due to the symmetric molecular structure of the tetrahydro-bipyridines, we used a hydrogen atom to replace half of the tetrahydro-bipyridine unit. The position of carbon atom with this hydrogen atom was labelled in purple. The oligomer was calculated as resulting from three units of initial additive. The hydrogen atoms and corresponding formal Bader charges were not shown to keep the values of interest easy to read.
  • N average Bader charge para ⁇ percentage para +Bader charge ortho ⁇ (1 ⁇ percentage para )
  • the Bader charge of nitrogen atom in the oligomer was calculated by averaging the charges of all the six nitrogen atoms.
  • FIGS. 11A-11F Characterizations of tetrahydro-bipyridine modified Cu electrode. SEM before ( FIG. 11A ) and after ( FIG. 11B ) modification of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1 on PTFE electrode sputtered with 300 nm Cu. AFM ( FIG. 11C ) and corresponding height profile ( FIG. 11D ) of the film electrodeposited from 1 on a silicon wafer. FIG. 11E . XRD patterns before and after modification of the tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1 on the electrode. The peak labeled by ⁇ belongs to PTFE substrate. FIG. 11F .
  • FIGS. 12A-12D Transport properties of reactants and ions and local environment near active Cu surface. Linear sweep voltammetry curves of Cu and Cu-1 electrodes in a liquid-electrolyte flow cell using 1 M KHCO 3 as electrolyte. N 2 ( FIG. 12A ) or CO 2 ( FIG. 12B ) was flowed through the gas chamber. The electrolytes were stopped flowing during measurements. FIG. 12C .
  • Raman spectra of Cu 2 O formed from electrochemical oxidation of Cu-1 by sweeping the potential from ⁇ 0.6 V to +0.2 V vs Ag/AgCl at a scan rate of 20 mV s ⁇ 1 in 0.1 M KHCO 3 solution (containing 35 mM KCl) saturated with N 2 .
  • the electrolytes were prepared using 18 O labeled water (H 2 18 O) or unlabeled water (H 2 16 O), respectively.
  • FIG. 12D OH ⁇ adsorption curves of Cu and Cu-1 electrodes in 0.1 M KOH solution saturated with N 2 .
  • FIG. 13 13 C NMR spectrum of the species after the reaction between 13 CO 2 and tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 6. Peak at 125.86 ppm corresponds to dissolved 13 CO 2 in the reaction mixture.
  • FIG. 14 13 C NMR spectrum of the species after the reaction between 13 CO 2 and tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 11. Peak at 125.86 ppm corresponds to dissolved 13 CO 2 in the reaction mixture.
  • FIG. 15 Schematic illustration of the liquid-electrolyte flow cell and chemical reactions during CO 2 RR.
  • the flow cell consists of gas chamber, catholyte chamber, and anolyte chamber.
  • the PTFE electrode 300 nm thick Cu with molecule functionalization
  • a Ag/AgCl electrode (3 M KCl) was inserted in the cathode chamber and worked as reference electrode.
  • a piece of Ni foam was employed as anode.
  • Catholyte and anolyte chambers were separated by an anion-exchange membrane.
  • Aqueous KHCO 3 electrolytes (1 M, saturated with CO 2 ) were used as both catholyte and anolyte and were circulated through the flow cell using peristaltic pumps.
  • CO 2 was kept flowing into both catholyte and anolyte to maintain ion strength and pH during the entire electrolysis.
  • the CO 2 gas was flowed into the gas chamber with a constant flow rate controlled by a digital gas flow controller.
  • the gaseous products were sampled by a gas-tight syringe and analyzed by gas chromatography. A photo of the flow cell can be found in the previous report.
  • FIGS. 16A-16B Local species modelling in the catalyst layer at different current densities.
  • FIG. 16A Concentrations of OH ⁇ , CO 3 2 ⁇ , HCO 3 ⁇ and CO 2 .
  • FIG. 16B Local pH.
  • FIG. 17 1 H NMR spectra of tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 1 before and after electrolysis in 1 M KOH.
  • the electrolysis was carried out in the liquid-electrolyte flow cell using 1 M aqueous KOH solution as electrolyte for 2 hours.
  • the local pH is higher than that in 1 M KHCO 3 solution.
  • the 1 H NMR spectrum of the film after electrolysis was the same as the spectrum before electrolysis, suggesting that the film is resistant to OH ⁇ .
  • the spectrum was recorded in CD 2 Cl 2 (298 K).
  • FIG. 18 in situ Raman spectra of Cu-1 under a range of applied potentials. The lines and shaded area indicate the frustrated rotational mode of CO (280 cm ⁇ 1 ), Cu—CO stretch (365 cm ⁇ 1 ) and C ⁇ O stretch (1900-2120 cm ⁇ 1 ), respectively.
  • FIGS. 19A-19M in situ Raman spectra of the C ⁇ O stretch region of Cu-x electrodes.
  • the asymmetric band is deconvoluted into bands for atop CO and bridge CO by Lorentzian fitting.
  • the ratio between the intensities of the two bands is summarized in Example 2B Table 2.
  • FIGS. 20A-20D Optimized geometries of CO and OCCO on Cu(111).
  • FIG. 20A Initial state of CO. Transient state of two CO both at bridge sites ( FIG. 20B ) and two CO at bridge and atop sites ( FIG. 20C ).
  • FIG. 20D Final state of dimerized CO, i.e., OCCO.
  • a water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment. Red: O, grey: C, white: H, and pink: Cu.
  • FIGS. 21A-21D Predicted CO adsorption geometries. Cu(111) atop site ( FIGS. 21A and 21C ) and hollow site ( FIGS. 21B and 21D ) without (top) and with (bottom) N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from molecule 1. To simplify the calculations, half part of the tetrahydro-bipyridine was used. A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment since a proton source near the catalyst surface is necessary for CO 2 RR 38 . The bridge CO configuration is in equilibrium with 3-fold hollow site with the latter being slightly more stable than the former in the model we used 39 .
  • the hollow site is essentially equivalent to the bridge site observed in in situ Raman spectroscopy.
  • the hollow site appears to be the most stable adsorption site for CO with a CO adsorption energy (E CO ) of ⁇ 0.39 eV, while E CO on the atop site is only ⁇ 0.13 eV (Example 2B Table 3).
  • FIG. 22 Predicted CO 2 -to-ethylene reaction pathway.
  • the most prominent influence of the molecule on the energy profile is the enhancement of CO adsorption (lowering ⁇ G). This enhancement is in agreement with experimental results, in which the increased FE for ethylene comes at the expense of CO evolution on tetrahydro-bipyridine-functionalized Cu electrodes.
  • the molecule has little influence on other steps/intermediates except that the CO 2 activation to *COOH becomes slightly more favorable after the molecular functionalization on Cu.
  • FIGS. 23A-23J Predicted intermediate adsorption geometries on Cu(111). A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment. Red: O, grey: C, white: H, and pink: Cu.
  • FIGS. 24A-24J Predicted intermediate adsorption geometries on Cu(111)-1. To simplify the calculations, half part of the tetrahydro-bipyridine was used to capture the main properties of the molecule due to its symmetric structure. A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment. Red: O, grey: C, blue: N, white: H, and pink: Cu.
  • FIGS. 25A-25C Operando X-ray absorption spectroscopic analysis.
  • FIG. 25C Coordination number (CN) fitting of Cu of pure Cu electrode and Cu-1 electrode.
  • Operando Cu K-edge spectra of Cu-1 at both near-edge and extended-edge regions showed the existence of only Cu 0 at the applied potential range.
  • the coordination number of Cu in the Cu-1 sample is determined to be 11.9, the same as that of pure Cu.
  • Ex situ Cu K-edge X-ray absorption spectroscopy of metallic Cu foil was performed as standard.
  • FT Fourier transform.
  • FIGS. 26A-26C in situ EPR measurements.
  • FIG. 26A A picture of the in situ EPR electrochemical cell. All the electrodes were inserted into a glass capillary tube (end sealed) containing electrolyte and connected to external electrochemical workstation through electric wires. A silver wire was used as a pseudo reference electrode. The potential was converted to the NHE scale using the [Fe(CN)6] 3 ⁇ /[Fe(CN) 6 ] 4 ⁇ and ferrocene/ferrocenium redox couples in corresponding aqueous and organic electrolytes, respectively.
  • FIG. 26B in situ X-band (9.879 GHz) room temperature EPR spectra at an applied potential of ⁇ 1.0 V and ⁇ 1.8 V vs.
  • FIG. 26C in situ X-band (9.875 GHz) room temperature EPR spectra at an applied potential of ⁇ 1.6 V and ⁇ 2.6 V vs. NHE in a mixture of CH 2 Cl 2 and dimethylformamide (4:6 by volume) containing 0.1 M tetrabutylammonium chloride as supporting electrolyte.
  • the tetrahydro-bipyridine film electrodeposited from molecule 1 was dissolved in this electrolyte by rinsing the as-deposited film on Cu foil with CH2Cl 2 .
  • the electrolyte was saturated with N 2 .
  • Pt wires were used as the working and counter electrodes, respectively. Signals were started to sample after applying each potential for 3 minutes.
  • FIG. 27 Electrochemistry of 1 and N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1 in organic media. Cyclic voltammetry of molecule 1 (1 mM), tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 1 (1 mM) and blank electrode in acetonitrile containing 0.1 M tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate as supporting electrolyte. The electrolyte was saturated with N 2 . Glassy carbon, Ag/AgCl and Pt were used as working, reference and counter electrodes, respectively. Scan rate: 100 mV s ⁇ 1 . No reductive process was identified from the dimer species, indicating that no organic radicals from a reduction of tetrahydro-bipyridine was involved in the CO 2 RR.
  • FIG. 28 1 H NMR spectra of the tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from deuterated d5-1 before and after electrolysis.
  • Deuterated molecule 1, d5-1 was synthesized from the reaction of ditolyl-iodonium triflate salt and d-5 pyridine as described in the Molecule synthesis part in Methods.
  • d5-1 was then electrodeposited on the PTFE/Cu electrode using the same protocol as the deposition of 1. Electrolysis was carried out in the liquid-electrolyte flow cell under the same conditions as those for other tetrahydro-bipyridines for 1 hour.
  • FIGS. 29A-29B CO 2 RR performance in liquid-electrolyte flow cells.
  • FIG. 29A Partial current density of ethylene on Cu and Cu-12 using CO 2 -saturated 1 molar KHCO 3 as the supporting electrolyte.
  • FIG. 29B Product distributions on Cu and Cu-12 at an applied potential of ⁇ 0.83 V. The error bars for FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples.
  • FIG. 30 Liquid products from isotopic CO 2 sources. 1 H NMR spectra of liquid products from CO 2 RR using 12 CO 2 (red) and 13 CO 2 (cyan) as gas sources, respectively.
  • FIG. 31 An electrolytic system, according to certain embodiments disclosed herein, showing components and chemical reactions for electrolysis in the MEA system.
  • the “molecule” refers to the selectivity-determining organic material, according to embodiments herein.
  • the “Cu” can be any electrically conductive catalyst according to embodiments herein, which is preferably Cu.
  • the “PTFE” refers to the porous gas-diffusion membrane according to embodiments herein, which is preferably, but not necessarily, formed of PTFE.
  • the geometric area of the cathode is 5 cm 2 , of which 45% is the gas channel while the rest 55% is the land area.
  • FIGS. 32A-32C Pictures of the MEA.
  • FIG. 32A Setup of the MEA system.
  • FIG. 32B Cathode flow field.
  • FIG. 32C Anode flow field.
  • FIGS. 33A-33C CO 2 RR in the MEA system. Gas product distribution at a range of full-cell voltage using Cu ( FIG. 33A ) and Cu-12 ( FIG. 33B ) as cathode.
  • FIG. 33C Faradaic efficiency for CO and C 2 H 4 on Cu and Cu-12 electrodes.
  • the FE of CH 4 is below 1% at all voltages and was not plotted.
  • the error bars for FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples.
  • FIG. 34 Gas product distribution and pH of anolyte during extended electrolysis in the MEA system.
  • the FE of CH4 is below 1% and was not plotted.
  • FIG. 35 Speciation diagram for carbonic acid system as a function of pH at 25° C. H 2 CO 3 includes both carbonic acid and dissolved CO 2 molecules, of which the latter are the major species.
  • FIG. 36 Current and FEs of gas products after 190-hour electrolysis in MEA.
  • FIGS. 37A-37F Characterization of cathode after electrolysis in MEA. XRD patterns ( FIG. 37A ), XPS at the region of Ir ( FIG. 37B ), SEM image ( FIG. 37C ) and corresponding EDS elemental analysis ( FIG. 37D ) and elemental mapping of K ( FIG. 37E ) and Cu ( FIG. 37F ).
  • FIG. 38 Liquid products crossover. 1 H NMR spectra of liquid products collected from the anolyte and the gas outlet of cathode. The presence of all the liquid products in the anolyte indicates the crossover of these liquids, especially HCOO ⁇ .
  • FIGS. 39A-39D Chemical structure of ( FIG. 39A ) tolyl-pyr, ( FIG. 39B ) 1-Br 2 and its reduction to para-para (1-Br) 2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br) 2 coupled dimers, respectively.
  • FIG. 39C Faradaic efficiencies toward different products formed during CO 2 RR at ⁇ 1.07 V in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte either without, or with, 10 mM of either tolyl-pyr, or 1-Br 2 .
  • FIG. 39D Total and partial current densities for H 2 , CH 4 and C 2 H 4 without or with 10 mM of either tolyl-pyr or 1-Br 2 .
  • the molecule 1-Br 2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide and the molecule tolyl-pyr refers to N-tolylpyridinium chloride.
  • FIG. 40A Faradaic efficiencies and ( FIG. 40B ) partial current densities for CO 2 RR products and hydrogen as a function of potential during CO 2 RR in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 . Each data point shows the average of three individual measurements.
  • FIGS. 41A-41D Ex-situ SEM images of four Cu electrodes ( FIG. 41A ) after electropolishing; ( FIG. 41B ) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO 3 without 1-Br 2 ; ( FIG. 41C ) same as FIG. 41B , but with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 ; ( FIG. 41D ) ex-situ SEM image of the post catalysis electrode from FIG. 41C , at higher magnification.
  • FIGS. 42A-42D Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes ( FIG. 42A ) after electropolishing; ( FIG. 42B ) after 5 min in contact with a 10 mM solution of 1-Br 2 in 0.1 M KHCO 3 ; ( FIG. 42C ) after 5 min in contact with a 10 mM solution of 1-Br 2 in 0.1 M KHCO 3 and 3 cycles of PEIS; ( FIG. 42D ) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO 3 with 1-Br 2 .
  • the molecule 1-Br 2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIGS. 43A-43D Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes ( FIG. 43A ) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO 3 with 1-Br 2 ; ( FIG. 43B ) the same electrode as FIG. 43A after extracting the organic film; ( FIG. 43C ) after resubmitting a similar electrode as FIG. 43A to a second catalytic run; ( FIG. 43D ) after a second catalytic run using same electrode as in FIG. 43B .
  • the molecule 1-Br 2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIG. 44 Pictorial representation of the model for nanostructuring of a polycrystalline copper electrode and film electrodeposition as (1-Br)2.
  • the combination of film and nanostructuring leads to high C ⁇ 2 selectivity for CO 2 RR electrocatalysis.
  • the molecule 1-Br 2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIG. 45 1 H NMR spectrum of 1-Br 2 (D 2 O, 298 K).
  • the molecule 1-Br 2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIG. 46A GC-MS analyses of ethylene generated during CO 2 RR at ⁇ 1.07 V with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 with natural abundance (blue) and 13 C-enriched (red) CO 2 -saturated KHCO 3 (0.1 M).
  • 1 H NMR spectra (H 2 O:D 2 O 9:1, 298 K) of ethanol produced under the same electrocatalytic conditions with 13 C-enriched CO 2 ( FIG. 46B ) and with natural abundance CO 2 -saturated KHCO 3 ( FIG. 46C ).
  • FIG. 47 Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 at different potentials.
  • FIG. 48 Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with different concentrations of 1-Br 2 at ⁇ 1.07 V.
  • FIG. 49 Plot of the Faradaic efficiencies for gaseous products over 10 h on a Cu electrode in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 at ⁇ 1.07 V.
  • FIG. 50 Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 for 10 h.
  • FIG. 51 Plot of the faradaic efficiencies for gaseous products over 42 h on a Cu electrode in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 at ⁇ 1.07 V.
  • FIG. 52 Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO 2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 for 42 h.
  • FIG. 53 Normalized X-ray photoelectron spectra of Cu electrodes after electrolysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in KHCO 3 (0.1 M) with (red trace) and without (black trace) 1-Br 2 (10 mM). The broad N 1s peak has been deconvoluted into two peaks corresponding to quaternary amine (green trace) and tertiary amine (blue trace) nitrogens. The purple trace corresponds to the overall fitting of the model. XPS spectra suggest that the surfaces of copper foils are mixtures of copper metal and Cu 2 O after electrolysis both with and without 10 mM of 1-Br 2 .
  • spectral energy for all samples are calibrated using the Cu 2p3/2 peak (932.63 eV) instead of C 1s.
  • the Cu 2p band for the two samples shows a pair of 2p 3/2 and 2p1/2 peaks, indicative of Cu metal and/or Cu 2 O. These two oxidation states in the 2p region give near identical binding energy.
  • the lack of large satellites at 940-945 and 960-963 eV indicates that the surfaces do not contain CuO.
  • two N 1s peaks are observed at 400.2 eV and 402.5 eV, which correspond to a tertiary amine and a quaternary amine nitrogen, respectively.
  • FIG. 54 Proposed structure of the dimers (top), para-para (1-Br)2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 (black and grey, respectively).
  • 1 H NMR spectrum bottom, DMSO-d 6 , 298 K) of the organic film extracted from a post catalysis Cu electrode at ⁇ 1.4 V in a CO 2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 .
  • the 1 H NMR spectrum suggests the formation of two products which have been assigned to the para-para and the ortho-ortho coupling of two phenanthrolinium radicals (blue and grey labels, respectively).
  • the para-para product is the major species (88%). Two resonances from the bridge overlap with the water peak.
  • COSY shows the coupling of these two resonances with the resonances at 5.11 ppm and 4.88 ppm, corresponding to the two other protons of the bridge.
  • the para-para (1-Br) 2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 products represent >95% of the material present on the surface of the electrode.
  • Some minor resonances at 8.50 ppm (s), 7.30 (s), 7.18 ppm (m), 6.75 ppm (m) and 6.65 ppm (m) could not be assigned. They could come from unidentified by-products or other isomers of (1-Br)2.
  • FIG. 55 1 H- 1 H COSY spectrum of the organic film extracted from a post catalysis Cu electrode at ⁇ 1.4 V in a CO 2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 . (DMSO-d 6 , 298 K).
  • FIG. 56 Catalytic currents as a function of rotation rate of a Cu rotating disk electrode in Ar-saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 at ⁇ 1.10 V vs RHE in the absence (red trace) and in the presence of 10 mM of 1-Br 2 (blue trace). Lines are included as guides to the eye.
  • FIG. 57 Catalytic currents as a function of rotation rate of a Cu rotating disk electrode in CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 at ⁇ 1.10 V vs RHE in the absence (red trace) and in the presence of 10 mM of 1-Br 2 (blue trace). Lines are included as guides to the eye.
  • FIGS. 58A-58D Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes after electropolishing ( FIG. 58A ); after 65 min of electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 without additives ( FIG. 58B ); with 10 mM of 1-Br 2 ( FIG. 58C ).
  • FIG. 58D EDX spectrum of the surface of FIG. 58C .
  • FIGS. 59A-59C Typical normalized XRD pattern of ( FIG. 59A ) an electropolished Cu electrode; post catalysis Cu electrodes ( FIG. 59B ) without additive; ( FIG. 59C ) with 1-Br 2 .
  • FIGS. 60A-60B Ex-situ AFM images of the same post catalysis Cu electrode after 43 h of electroreduction at ⁇ 1.07 V ( FIG. 60A ) before and ( FIG. 60B ) after the extraction of the organic film.
  • FIGS. 61A-61B Ex-situ AFM images ( FIG. 61A ) after three cycles of PEIS; and ( FIG. 61B ) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in presence of 20 mM of KBr.
  • FIGS. 62A-62D Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes after 65 min of electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO 3 with ( FIG. 62A ) 1-Cl 2 ; ( FIG. 62B ) 1-(OTf) 2 ; ( FIG. 62C ) 1-I 2 ; ( FIG. 62D ) 1-I 2 after extracting the organic film.
  • FIG. 63 First and second scan cyclic voltammogramms of 10 mM 1-Br 2 under CO 2 with a Cu disk electrode in 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte at a scan rate of 50 mV/s. Similar results are obtained under N 2 .
  • FIG. 64 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 298 K) of the extracted films obtained after CV experiments under N 2 (top spectrum in blue) and CO 2 (bottom spectrum in red).
  • FIGS. 65A-65B Photographs of the electrolyte containing 10 mM of 1-Br 2 in 0.1 M KHCO 3 ( FIG. 65A ) before catalysis and ( FIG. 65B ) just after catalysis.
  • FIG. 66 Stack of 1 H NMR spectra (298 K). The top trace corresponds to the electrolyte (D2O), the middle trace to the organic precipitate extracted from the counter electrode (DMSO-d 6 ), and the bottom trace to the organic film extracted from the Cu electrode (DMSO-d 6 ).
  • FIG. 67 Cyclic voltammogramms on a glassy carbon electrode of 10 mM 1-Br 2 , in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 electrolyte at a scan rate of 50 mV/s between ⁇ 0.9 V and 0.7 V of the first scan (blue curve) and the second scan (orange curve).
  • FIG. 68 Visible spectra of 1-Br 2 (orange) and 1′-Br (blue) in water.
  • FIG. 69 Visible spectra of 1′-Br under N 2 (orange) and under CO 2 (orange) in 0.1 M KHCO 3 .
  • FIGS. 70A-70B EPR spectra of 1′-Br, in a mixture of water/ethylene glycol (80/20), at 77 K, under N 2 ( FIG. 70A ) and under CO 2 ( FIG. 70B ).
  • FIG. 71 A schematic illustrating certain embodiments of the inventions.
  • the schematic illustrates electrodeposited N-substituted pyridinium additives enhance efficiency for C 2+ product via suppression of CH 4 and H 2 .
  • FIGS. 72A-72B Effect of N-aryl pyridinium on Cu catalyzed CO 2 reduction.
  • FIG. 72A Additives used to make electrodeposited selectivity-determining organic materials used in the electrochemical systems characterized and summarized in FIG. 72B .
  • FIG. 72B Table of Faradaic efficiencies and other CO 2 reduction parameters obtained using the various additives, after electrodeposition on Cu, shown in FIG. 7A .
  • C ⁇ 2 product selectivity increases from ⁇ 20% to >60% with several N-tolyl pyridinium additives; less current is passed in the presence of additives.
  • the electrochemical system used for these measurements comprises: Working electrode: Copper foil; Counter electrode: Platinum foil; Applied potential: ⁇ 1.1V vs.
  • FIGS. 73A-73D Effect of N-aryl pyridinium on Cu catalyzed CO 2 reduction.
  • FIG. 73A Cu substrate without additive (left panel), with electrodeposited additive (center panel), and cross-sectional SEM view (right panel).
  • FIG. 73B Schematic of selectivity-determining organic material deposition onto Cu electrode, and X-ray characterization.
  • FIG. 73C NMR characterization.
  • FIG. 73D 13 CO 2 labeling experiment.
  • FIG. 74 Illustration of an exemplary coordination between a selectivity-determining organic material and a surface of an electrically conductive catalyst, such as Cu.
  • FIGS. 75A-75C Library of additives with arrows corresponding to relatively increased degree of steric effects.
  • FIG. 75B Chart showing Faradaic efficiency for H 2 using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.)
  • FIG. 75C Chart showing Faradaic efficiency for C 2 H 4 using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.)
  • FIGS. 76A-76B Chart showing Faradaic efficiency for C ⁇ 2 products using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.).
  • FIG. 76B Chart showing partial current density of C ⁇ 2 products using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.).
  • FIGS. 77 Chemical formulas corresponding to exemplary compositions of selectivity-determining organic materials, according to certain embodiments here.
  • FIG. 78 A library of formulas of exemplary additives useful for forming selectivity-determining organic materials therefrom.
  • FIGS. 79A-79E Electronic effects of additives on the CO 2 reduction selectivity profile of Cu at ⁇ 1.1 V vs. RHE in 0.1 M KHCO 3 .
  • the selectivity of the CO 2 reduction towards different products e.g. C 1 , C ⁇ 2 , ethylene, alcohols
  • FIG. 79A Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of the PyrPh, PyrCIPh, PyrCF 3 Ph and PyrNO 2 NO 2 Ph additives with Cu.
  • FIG. 79B Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF 3 Ph, Ph and OMePh with PhPyr.
  • FIG. 79C Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF 3 PyrCF 3 Ph, MePyrCF 3 Ph, PhPyrCF 3 Ph and NMe 2 PyrCF 3 Ph.
  • FIG. 79D Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF 3 PyrOMePh, MePyrOMePh, PhPyrOMePh and NMe 2 PyrOMePh.
  • FIG. 79E Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF 3 PyrMePh, MePyrMePh and tBuPyrMePh.
  • FIGS. 80A-80B N-substituted pyridinium and bispyridinium additives useful according to some embodiments for forming selectivity-determining organic materials.
  • FIG. 80B Partial current density of products produced during CO 2 reduction at ⁇ 1.1 V vs. RHE (* at ⁇ 1.15 V vs. RHE).
  • Some additives promote reaction rates for the formation of C ⁇ 2 products which lead to the increasing of partial current densities for C 2+ products compared to unmodified Cu electrode.
  • CH 4 formation is inhibited or totally suppressed, leading to C ⁇ 2 products/CH 4 ratios higher than 600.
  • Hydrogen evolution reaction can either be inhibited (e.g. tertiary amines, ether moieties) or promoted (e.g. primary/secondary amine, alcohols) by changing functional groups on the additives.
  • FIGS. 81A-81B FIGS. 81A-81B .
  • FIG. 81A Various phenanthrolinium-based additives useful according to some embodiments for forming selectivity-determining organic materials.
  • FIG. 81B Chart shows the Faradaic efficiencies of Cu in presence of various phenanthrolinium-based additives at ⁇ 1.1 V vs. RHE in 0.1 M KHCO 3 .
  • the selectivity of the CO 2 reduction towards different products can be tuned by modifying the structure of the phenanthrolinium additive. Some additives promote the formation of C 2+ products. For all additives, CH 4 formation is totally suppressed. Hydrogen evolution reactions can either be inhibited (e.g. tertiary amines, ether moieties) or promoted (e.g. primary/secondary amine, alcohols) by changing functional groups on the additives
  • FIG. 82 Schematic showing certain embodiments wherein additives electrodeposit into a layer of selectivity-determining organic material at a Cu surface.
  • Electrochemistry refers to conversion of chemical energy into electrical energy or electrical energy into chemical energy. Chemical energy can correspond to a chemical change or chemical reaction. Electrochemistry can thus refer to a chemical change (e.g., a chemical reaction of one or more chemical species into one or more other species) generating electrical energy and/or electrical energy being converted into or used to induce a chemical change.
  • An example of a chemical change or chemical reaction includes reduction of CO 2 .
  • Electrical energy refers to electric potential energy, corresponding to a combination of electric current and electric potential in an electrical circuit.
  • An exemplary electrochemical system or electrochemical cell is an electrolytic cell.
  • Electrochemical cells use electrical energy to drive a non-spontaneous redox reaction.
  • Electrochemical cells have two or more electrodes (e.g., negative and positive electrodes; e.g., cathode and anode) and one or more electrolytes.
  • An anode is defined as the electrode at which oxidation occurs, or, in other words, a chemical change being an oxidation occurs at the anode.
  • a cathode is defined as the electrode at which reduction occurs, such as CO 2 reduction, or, in other words, a chemical change being a reduction occurs at the cathode.
  • An electrolyte may include chemical species that are oxidized and/or chemical species that are reduced during operation, such as charging or discharging, of the electrochemical cell.
  • the electrolyte is an aqueous solution.
  • An electrochemical cell such as an electrolytic cell, can have at least one electrolyte, such as at least one catholyte and/or at least one anolyte.
  • a catholyte refers to an electrolyte that is in ionic and/or electrical communication, preferably direct ionic and/or electrical communication with the cathode and preferably in direct physical contact, with at least a portion of the cathode.
  • an anolyte refers to an electrolyte that is in ionic and/or electrical communication, preferably direct ionic and/or electrical communication, with the anode and preferably in direct physical contact with at least a portion of the anode.
  • a catholyte and an anolyte are physically separated in the electrochemical cell, such as via an ion exchange membrane, such as an anion exchange membrane.
  • An electrochemical cell such as an electrolytic cell, optionally has an anolyte and is free of a catholyte. Reactions occurring at the electrode, such as sorption and desorption of a chemical species or such as an oxidation or reduction reaction, contribute to charge transfer processes in the electrochemical cell.
  • Electrochemical oxidation may occur at the anode, for example, and electrochemical reduction may occur at the cathode, for example.
  • Electrochemical oxidation refers to a chemical oxidation reaction accompanied by a transfer of electrical energy (e.g., electrical energy input driving the oxidation reaction) occurring in the context an electrochemical cell.
  • electrochemical reduction refers to a chemical reduction reaction accompanied by a transfer of electrical energy occurring in the context an electrochemical cell.
  • Electrochemical reduction preferably, but not necessarily, occurs at or on a surface of a cathode, or portion thereof, such as at or on a surface of an electrocatalyst which the cathode comprises.
  • Electrochemical oxidation preferably, but not necessarily, occurs at or on a surface of a anode, or portion thereof, such as at or on a surface of an electrocatalyst which the anode comprises.
  • electrochemically or “electrochemical” may describe a reaction, process, or a step thereof, as part of which chemical energy is converted into electrical energy or electrical energy is converted into chemical energy.
  • a product may be electrochemically formed when electrical energy is provided to help the chemical conversion of a reactant(s) to the product proceed.
  • non-electrochemical refers to a reaction or process that does not include electrochemistry and/or does not require electrochemistry in order to be performed.
  • electrocatalyst refers to a catalyst that participates in or facilitates an electrochemical process or reaction.
  • electrocatalytic refers to a material or item that is or is capable of being an electrocatalyst.
  • an electrocatalytic layer is a layer that is or is capable of being an electrocatalyst.
  • porous refers to a membrane, electrode, film, layer, coating, or any other material or item that has porosity.
  • the pores are volumes within the body of the material where there is no material (e.g. voids).
  • Pores in a material are not intended to include the space occupied by atoms, ions and/or molecules of a materials including monomers, oligomers and polymers, for example, of a membrane.
  • porosity refers to the amount of a material or item, such of a membrane, corresponding to an absence of said material or item, such as absence corresponding to pores, such as apertures, channels, voids, etc.
  • porosity refers to absence of said material or item within the physical bounds of said material or item, such as due to the material or item having a porous internal structure.
  • Porosity may be expressed as the percentage of the volume of a material or item, which corresponds to pores, such as apertures, channels, voids, etc., relative to the total volume occupied by the material or item.
  • porosity may be expressed as the fraction of the volume of voids over the total volume, between 0 and 1, or as a percentage between 0% and 100%.
  • Pore volume per mass refers to a characteristic of a porous material or porous structure corresponding to the ratio of the volume of pores (e.g., voids) to the mass of a material, for example, the ratio of the volume of pores in a sample of material to the mass of the sample. Pore volume per mass of material may be determined by a range of techniques known in the art including gas sorption measurements, Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) surface measurements, optical measurements, gravimetric measurements, imbibition methods, thermoporosimetry methods, and the like.
  • BET Brunauer-Emmett-Teller
  • Porosity can also be characterized by characterizing the pores of the porous material or item.
  • porous materials and pores may be characterized by a “pore characteristic” including, but not limited to, a size characteristic, size distribution, spatial distribution (e.g., uniform or random), pore type, directionality and/or composition.
  • pores can be characterized by a “size characteristic” or “characteristic pore size.”
  • a size characteristic of pores is a “characteristic pore diameter,” which may be an empirically-derived value.
  • a characteristic pore diameter refers to an average cross-sectional diameter or cross-sectional width of the pores of a porous material or item.
  • a size characteristic is a geometrical parameter such as a size dimension or average size dimension, including one or more cross sectional dimensions (e.g., diameter, effective diameter thickness, cross sectional length or width, etc.) and/or one or more longitudinal dimensions (e.g. channel or cavity length, channel or cavity pathway, etc.). Additional pore characteristics including a pore-type, directionality, being a continuous through-pore, a pore distribution and any combinations of these. Geometrical parameters of a pore may be exemplary size characteristics, including average size characteristics of the pores of a material.
  • a size dimension is one or more, optional all of, cross sectional dimensions or an average cross sectional dimension.
  • a material is characterized by a uniform spatial distribution or random spatial distribution of pores throughout the material, for example, in contrast to a hollow pore configuration having a central pore.
  • a size characteristic refers to a property, or set of properties, of a pore or particle that directly or indirectly relates to a size attribute of the pore or particle.
  • a size characteristic corresponds to an empirically-derived size characteristic of a pore or particle(s) being detected, such as a size characteristic based on, determined by, or corresponding to data from any technique or instrument that may be used to determine a pore size or particle size, such as electron microscopy (e.g., for characterizing particles or pores; e.g., SEM and TEM), mercury intrusion porosimetry (e.g., for characterizing pores), a bubble gas transport technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), adsorption-desorption technique such as a Barett-Joyner-Halenda method (e.g., for characterizing pores), a permporometry technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), a thermoporometry technique (e.g.,
  • a size characteristic can correspond to a spherical particle exhibiting similar or substantially same properties, such as aerodynamic, hydrodynamic, optical, and/or electrical properties, as the particle(s) being detected).
  • a size characteristic corresponds to a physical dimension, such as length, width, thickness, or diameter.
  • Size characteristics of a pore include length, width, diameter, surface area, geometrical parameter, or void volume in the pore.
  • a plurality of pores can be characterized by an average size characteristic, such as an empirically-derived numerical average of the respective size characteristic of each pore of the plurality of pores.
  • a pore may be a longitudinal pore, for example.
  • a longitudinal pore is one whose length is at least 20% greater than its diameter (or, than width of its void volume, for example, if diameter is not an appropriate characteristic).
  • gas-diffusion membrane such as but not limited to a porous polytetrafluoroethylene gas diffusion layer, is a membrane characterized at least by the capability of having a gas, preferably CO 2 gas, diffuse and/or otherwise flow through at least a portion thereof.
  • references include characterizations of and relevant techniques for characterizing gas, such as CO 2 , permeability rate in membranes, such as a PTFE membrane: Pasternak, et al (“Diffusion and Permeation of Oxygen, Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, and Nitrogen Dioxide through Polytetrafluoroethylene,” Macromolecules 1970, 3, 3, 366-371, doi 10.1021/ma60015a020), Nonoyama, et al.
  • gas such as CO 2
  • permeability rate in membranes such as a PTFE membrane
  • Pasternak, et al (“Diffusion and Permeation of Oxygen, Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, and Nitrogen Dioxide through Polytetrafluoroethylene,” Macromolecules 1970, 3, 3, 366-371, doi 10.1021/ma60015a020), Nonoyama, et al.
  • Ionic communication refers to the arrangement of two or more materials or items such that ions can be transported to, past, through, and/or from one material or item to another.
  • ions can pass through ionically conducting materials such as ionically conducting liquids, such as water, or through solid ionic conductors.
  • transport or conduction of ions refers to transport or conduction of ions in an aqueous solution.
  • two materials or items are in ionic communication with one another if a path of ion flow is provided directly between the two materials or items.
  • two materials or items are in ionic communication with one another if an ion flow path is provided indirectly between the two materials or items, such as by including one or more other materials or items, such as an ion exchange membrane, or ion flow paths between the two materials or items.
  • two materials or items are not necessarily in ionic communication with one another unless ions from the first material or item are drawn to, past and/or through the second material or item, such as along an ion flow path.
  • electrical communication refers to the arrangement of two or more materials or items such that electrons can be transported to, past, through, and/or from one material or item to another. Electrical communication between two materials or items can be direct or indirect through another one or more materials or items. Generally, materials or items in electrical communication are (or comprise materials or components that are) electrically conducting or semiconducting.
  • selectivity-determining organic material refers to an organic material, or layer thereof, the presence of which influences or determines a selectivity characterizing a process or reaction with respect to said selectivity characterizing a process or reaction in the absence of said organic material under otherwise identical conditions and presence of otherwise identical materials and components.
  • selectivity-determining organic materials on copper electrodes change the selectivity characterizing the CO 2 reduction reaction with respect to the process occurring using copper electrodes in the absence of said organic materials under otherwise identical conditions and configuration.
  • concentration of a particular reaction product is increased as indicated by the spectroscopic and chromatographic methods used to analyze the resulting products from CO 2 reduction reactions.
  • the Faradaic efficiency is the ratio of the electrochemical equivalent current density for a specific reaction product to the total applied current density. The Faradaic efficiency is an indicator of the degree of selectivity of CO 2 reduction reactions.
  • oligomer refers to a molecule composed of repeating structural units, also referred to as base units, connected by covalent chemical bonds often characterized by a number of repeating units less than that of a polymer (e.g., equal to or less than 100 repeating units) and a lower molecular weights (e.g. less than or equal to 10,000 Da) than polymers.
  • Oligomers may be the polymerization product of one or more monomers, or one or more monomer precursors. Polymerization of one or more monomers, or monomer precursors, resulting in formation of an oligomer may be referred to as oligomerization.
  • An oligomer optionally includes 100 or less, 50 or less, 15 or less, 12 or less, 10 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or just 2 repeating units (“base units”).
  • An oligomer may be characterized has having a molecular weight of 10,000 Da or less, 5,000 Da or less, 1,000 Da or less, 500 Da or less, or 200 Da or less.
  • a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a pentamer is an oligomer having two, three, four, or five, respectively, repeating units (base units).
  • substantially refers to a property or condition that is within 20%, within 10%, within 5%, within 1%, or is equivalent to a reference property or condition.
  • a voltage that is substantially 500 mV (or, substantially equivalent to 500 mV) is within 20%, within 10%, within 5%, within 1%, or equal to 500 mV.
  • a voltage is substantially greater than 500 mV if the voltage is at least 20% greater than, at least 10% greater than, at least 5% greater than, or at least 1% greater than 500 mV.
  • substantially less when used in conjunction with a reference value or condition describing a property or condition, refers to a value or condition that is at least 2%, at least 5%, at least 10%, or at least 20% less than the provided reference value.
  • a voltage is substantially less than 500 mV if the voltage is at least 20% less than, at least 10% less than, at least 5% less than, or at least 1 less than 500 mV.
  • an analog and “analogue” are used interchangeably and are used in accordance with their plain ordinary meaning within Chemistry and Biology and refers to a chemical compound that is structurally similar to another compound (i.e., a so-called “reference” compound) but differs in composition, e.g., in the replacement of one atom by an atom of a different element, or in the presence of a particular functional group, or the replacement of one functional group by another functional group, or the absolute stereochemistry of one or more chiral centers of the reference compound, including isomers thereof. Accordingly, an analog is a compound that is similar or comparable in function and appearance but not in structure or origin to a reference compound.
  • group may refer to a functional group of a chemical compound.
  • Groups of the present compounds refer to an atom or a collection of atoms that are a part of the compound.
  • Groups of the present invention may be attached to other atoms of the compound via one or more covalent bonds.
  • Groups may also be characterized with respect to their valence state.
  • the present invention includes groups characterized as monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc. valence states.
  • substituted refers to a compound wherein a hydrogen is replaced by another functional group, including, but not limited to: a halogen or halide, an alkyl, a cycloalkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, an acyl, an alkoxy, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, an alkylaryl, an arylene, a heteroarylene, an alkenylene, a cycloalkenylene, an alkynylene, a hydroxyl (—OH), a carbonyl (RCOR′), a sulfide (e.g., RSR′), a phosphate (ROP( ⁇ O)(OH) 2 ), an azo (RNNR′), a cyanate (ROCN), an amine (e.g., primary, secondary, or tertiary), an imine (RC( ⁇ NH)R′), a nitrile (RCN), a pyri
  • a halogen or halide
  • aliphatic group refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • An aliphatic group can be saturated or unsaturated.
  • An aliphatic group can be cyclic or non-cyclic.
  • Alkyl groups and alkylene groups, for example, are aliphatic groups.
  • hydrocarbon refers to an organic group composed of carbon and hydrogen, which can be saturated or unsaturated, and can include aromatic groups.
  • hydrocarbyl refers to a monovalent or polyvalent (e.g., divalent or higher) hydrocarbon moiety. In some cases, a divalent hydrocarbyl group is referred to as a “hydrocarbylene” group.
  • alkylene and “alkylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an alkyl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more alkylene groups. Alkylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention may have substituted and/or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 alkylene, C 1 -C 10 alkylene and C 1 -C 5 alkylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • cycloalkenylene and “cycloalkenylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from a cycloalkenyl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more cycloalkenylene groups. Cycloalkenylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention may have substituted and/or unsubstituted C 3 -C 20 cycloalkenylene, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkenylene and C 3 -C 5 cycloalkenylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • arylene and “arylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an aryl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more arylene groups.
  • an arylene is a divalent group derived from an aryl group by removal of hydrogen atoms from two intra-ring carbon atoms of an aromatic ring of the aryl group.
  • Arylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups.
  • Arylene groups in some compounds function as chromophore, fluorophore, aromatic antenna, dye and/or imaging groups.
  • Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C 3 -C 30 arylene, C 3 -C 20 arylene, C 3 -C 10 arylene and C 1 -C 5 arylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • heteroarylene and “heteroarylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from a heteroaryl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more heteroarylene groups.
  • a heteroarylene is a divalent group derived from a heteroaryl group by removal of hydrogen atoms from two intra-ring carbon atoms or intra-ring nitrogen atoms of a heteroaromatic or aromatic ring of the heteroaryl group.
  • Heteroarylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups.
  • Heteroarylene groups in some compounds function as chromophore, aromatic antenna, fluorophore, dye and/or imaging groups.
  • Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C 3 -C 30 heteroarylene, C 3 -C 20 heteroarylene, heteroarylene and C 3 -C 5 heteroarylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • alkenylene and “alkenylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an alkenyl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more alkenylene groups. Alkenylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C 2 -C 20 alkenylene, C 2 -C 10 alkenylene and C 2 -C 5 alkenylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • a divalent linker group refers to a divalent functional group that covalently links two other moieties, such as any two base units of an oligomer, as disclosed in some embodiments herein, such that the divalent linker group is covalently bound to said two other moieties.
  • said two other moieties are thus indirectly covalently linked two each other via said intervening divalent linker group.
  • Exemplary divalent linker groups include, but are not limited to, a substituted or unsubstituted and functionalized or unfunctionalized alkylene, heteroalkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkenylene, cycloalkenylene, heterocylcoalkenylene, alkynylene, heteroalkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, any other divalent group described herein, and any combination of these.
  • a divalent linker group is optionally a C 1 -C 100 , optionally C 1 -C 30 , optionally C 1 -C 10 , divalent linker group.
  • hetero used as a prefix to a root corresponding to a functional group, such as, but not limited to, in the terms heterocyclic, heteroarylene, heteroalkylene, and heteroalkenylene, refers to functional group corresponding to the root term but having one or more C (carbon) replaced with a non-carbon atom such as N, S, or O.
  • a heteroalkenylene is an alkenylene having at least one of its carbon atoms replaced with a non-carbon atom such as N, S, or O (e.g., —C—N(H)—C—).
  • cylcoalkenylene and “cylcoalkenylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from a cylcoalkenyl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more cylcoalkenylene groups. Cycloalkenylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C 3 -C 20 cylcoalkenylene, C 3 -C 10 cylcoalkenylene and C 3 -C 5 cylcoalkenylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • alkynylene and “alkynylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an alkynyl group as defined herein.
  • the invention includes compounds having one or more alkynylene groups. Alkynylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C 2 -C 20 alkynylene, C 2 -C 10 alkynylene and C 2 -C 5 alkynylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L 1 -L 6 ).
  • halo refers to a halogen group such as a fluoro (—F), chloro (—Cl), bromo (—Br), iodo (—I) or astato (—At).
  • heterocyclic refers to ring structures containing at least one other kind of atom, in addition to carbon, in the ring. Examples of such heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Heterocyclic rings include heterocyclic alicyclic rings and heterocyclic aromatic rings.
  • heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, piperidyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl groups. Atoms of heterocyclic rings can be bonded to a wide range of other atoms and functional groups, for example, provided as substituents.
  • carbocyclic refers to ring structures containing only carbon atoms in the ring. Carbon atoms of carbocyclic rings can be bonded to a wide range of other atoms and functional groups, for example, provided as substituents.
  • alicyclic ring refers to a ring, or plurality of fused rings, that is not an aromatic ring. Alicyclic rings include both carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings.
  • aromatic ring refers to a ring, or a plurality of fused rings, that includes at least one aromatic ring group.
  • aromatic ring includes aromatic rings comprising carbon, hydrogen and heteroatoms.
  • Aromatic ring includes carbocyclic and heterocyclic aromatic rings.
  • Aromatic rings are components of aryl groups.
  • fused ring or “fused ring structure” refers to a plurality of alicyclic and/or aromatic rings provided in a fused ring configuration, such as fused rings that share at least two intra ring carbon atoms and/or heteroatoms.
  • alkoxyalkyl refers to a substituent of the formula alkyl-O-alkyl.
  • polyhydroxyalkyl refers to a substituent having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 hydroxyl groups, such as the 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2,3,4-trihydroxybutyl or 2,3,4,5-tetrahydroxypentyl residue.
  • polyalkoxyalkyl refers to a substituent of the formula alkyl-(alkoxy) n -alkoxy wherein n is an integer from 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably for some embodiments 1 to 3.
  • Amino acids include glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, asparagine, glutamine, glycine, serine, threonine, serine, threonine, asparagine, glutamine, tyrosine, cysteine, lysine, arginine, histidine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
  • reference to “a side chain residue of a natural ⁇ -amino acid” specifically includes the side chains of the above-referenced amino acids.
  • Peptides are comprised of two or more amino-acid connected via peptide bonds.
  • Alkyl groups include straight-chain, branched and cyclic alkyl groups. Alkyl groups include those having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups include small alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups include medium length alkyl groups having from 4-10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups include long alkyl groups having more than 10 carbon atoms, particularly those having 10-30 carbon atoms.
  • the term cycloalkyl specifically refers to an alky group having a ring structure such as ring structure comprising 3-30 carbon atoms, optionally 3-20 carbon atoms and optionally 2-10 carbon atoms, including an alkyl group having one or more rings.
  • Cycloalkyl groups include those having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-member carbon ring(s) and particularly those having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-member ring(s).
  • the carbon rings in cycloalkyl groups can also carry alkyl groups.
  • Cycloalkyl groups can include bicyclic and tricycloalkyl groups.
  • Alkyl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Substituted alkyl groups include among others those which are substituted with aryl groups, which in turn can be optionally substituted.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, cyclobutyl, n-pentyl, branched-pentyl, cyclopentyl, n-hexyl, branched hexyl, and cyclohexyl groups, all of which are optionally substituted.
  • Substituted alkyl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms.
  • Substituted alkyl groups include fully fluorinated or semifluorinated alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • An alkoxy group is an alkyl group that has been modified by linkage to oxygen and can be represented by the formula R—O and can also be referred to as an alkyl ether group.
  • alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and heptoxy.
  • Alkoxy groups include substituted alkoxy groups wherein the alky portion of the groups is substituted as provided herein in connection with the description of alkyl groups. As used herein MeO— refers to CH 3 O—.
  • Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise alkyl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups. Substituted alkyl groups may include substitution to incorporate one or more silyl groups, for example wherein one or more carbons are replaced by Si.
  • Alkenyl groups include straight-chain, branched and cyclic alkenyl groups. Alkenyl groups include those having 1, 2 or more double bonds and those in which two or more of the double bonds are conjugated double bonds. Alkenyl groups include those having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups include small alkenyl groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups include medium length alkenyl groups having from 4-10 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups include long alkenyl groups having more than 10 carbon atoms, particularly those having 10-20 carbon atoms. Cycloalkenyl groups include those in which a double bond is in the ring or in an alkenyl group attached to a ring.
  • cycloalkenyl specifically refers to an alkenyl group having a ring structure, including an alkenyl group having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-member carbon ring(s) and particularly those having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-member ring(s).
  • the carbon rings in cycloalkenyl groups can also carry alkyl groups.
  • Cycloalkenyl groups can include bicyclic and tricyclic alkenyl groups.
  • Alkenyl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Substituted alkenyl groups include among others those which are substituted with alkyl or aryl groups, which groups in turn can be optionally substituted.
  • alkenyl groups include ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, prop-2-enyl, cycloprop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, but-2-enyl, cyclobut-1-enyl, cyclobut-2-enyl, pent-1-enyl, pent-2-enyl, branched pentenyl, cyclopent-1-enyl, hex-1-enyl, branched hexenyl, cyclohexenyl, all of which are optionally substituted.
  • Substituted alkenyl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated alkenyl groups, such as alkenyl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms.
  • Substituted alkenyl groups include fully fluorinated or semifluorinated alkenyl groups, such as alkenyl groups having one or more hydrogen atoms replaced with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise alkenyl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups.
  • Aryl groups include groups having one or more 5-, 6-7-, or 8-member aromatic rings, including heterocyclic aromatic rings.
  • the term heteroaryl specifically refers to aryl groups having at least one 5-, 6-7-, or 8-member heterocyclic aromatic rings.
  • Aryl groups can contain one or more fused aromatic rings, including one or more fused heteroaromatic rings, and/or a combination of one or more aromatic rings and one or more nonaromatic rings that may be fused or linked via covalent bonds.
  • Heterocyclic aromatic rings can include one or more N, O, or S atoms in the ring.
  • Heterocyclic aromatic rings can include those with one, two or three N atoms, those with one or two O atoms, and those with one or two S atoms, or combinations of one or two or three N, O or S atoms.
  • Aryl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Substituted aryl groups include among others those that are substituted with alkyl or alkenyl groups, which groups in turn can be optionally substituted.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl groups, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, and naphthyl groups, all of which are optionally substituted.
  • Substituted aryl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated aryl groups, such as aryl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms.
  • Substituted aryl groups include fully fluorinated or semifluorinated aryl groups, such as aryl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Aryl groups include, but are not limited to, aromatic group-containing or heterocylic aromatic group-containing groups corresponding to any one of the following: benzene, naphthalene, naphthoquinone, diphenylmethane, fluorene, anthracene, anthraquinone, phenanthrene, tetracene, tetracenedione, pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, indoles, isoindole, pyrrole, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, purine, benzimidazole, furans, benzofuran, dibenzofuran, carbazole, acridine, acridone, phenanthridine, thiophene, benzothiophene, dibenzothiophene, xanthene, xanthone, flavone, coumarin, a
  • a group corresponding to the groups listed above expressly includes an aromatic or heterocyclic aromatic group, including monovalent, divalent and polyvalent groups, of the aromatic and heterocyclic aromatic groups listed herein are provided in a covalently bonded configuration in the compounds of the invention at any suitable point of attachment.
  • aryl groups contain between 5 and 30 carbon atoms.
  • aryl groups contain one aromatic or heteroaromatic six-member ring and one or more additional five- or six-member aromatic or heteroaromatic ring.
  • aryl groups contain between five and eighteen carbon atoms in the rings.
  • Aryl groups optionally have one or more aromatic rings or heterocyclic aromatic rings having one or more electron donating groups, electron withdrawing groups and/or targeting ligands provided as substituents.
  • Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise aryl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups.
  • Arylalkyl groups are alkyl groups substituted with one or more aryl groups wherein the alkyl groups optionally carry additional substituents and the aryl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Specific alkylaryl groups are phenyl-substituted alkyl groups, e.g., phenylmethyl groups.
  • Alkylaryl groups are alternatively described as aryl groups substituted with one or more alkyl groups wherein the alkyl groups optionally carry additional substituents and the aryl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Specific alkylaryl groups are alkyl-substituted phenyl groups such as methylphenyl.
  • Substituted arylalkyl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated arylalkyl groups, such as arylalkyl groups having one or more alkyl and/or aryl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms.
  • Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise arylalkyl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups.
  • any of the groups described herein which contain one or more substituents do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible.
  • the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
  • Optional substitution of alkyl groups includes substitution with one or more alkenyl groups, aryl groups or both, wherein the alkenyl groups or aryl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Optional substitution of alkenyl groups includes substitution with one or more alkyl groups, aryl groups, or both, wherein the alkyl groups or aryl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Optional substitution of aryl groups includes substitution of the aryl ring with one or more alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, or both, wherein the alkyl groups or alkenyl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Optional substituents for any alkyl, alkenyl and aryl group includes substitution with one or more of the following substituents, among others:
  • halogen including fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • R is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted;
  • R is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted;
  • each R independently of each other R, is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted; and where R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • each R independently of each other R, is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted; and where R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • each R independently of each other R, is a hydrogen, or an alkyl group, or an acyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, phenyl or acetyl group, all of which are optionally substituted; and where R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • R is hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or a phenyl group, which are optionally substituted;
  • R is an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group, all of which are optionally substituted;
  • each R independently of each other R, is a hydrogen, or an alkyl group, or an aryl group all of which are optionally substituted and wherein R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • R is H, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group all of which are optionally substituted.
  • R can be an acyl yielding —OCOR′′ where R′′ is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R′′ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl groups all of which groups are optionally substituted.
  • Specific substituted alkyl groups include haloalkyl groups, particularly trihalomethyl groups and specifically trifluoromethyl groups.
  • Specific substituted aryl groups include mono-, di-, tri, tetra- and pentahalo-substituted phenyl groups; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, and hepta-halo-substituted naphthalene groups; 3- or 4-halo-substituted phenyl groups, 3- or 4-alkyl-substituted phenyl groups, 3- or 4-alkoxy-substituted phenyl groups, 3- or 4-RCO-substituted phenyl, 5- or 6-halo-substituted naphthalene groups.
  • substituted aryl groups include acetylphenyl groups, particularly 4-acetylphenyl groups; fluorophenyl groups, particularly 3-fluorophenyl and 4-fluorophenyl groups; chlorophenyl groups, particularly 3-chlorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl groups; methylphenyl groups, particularly 4-methylphenyl groups; and methoxyphenyl groups, particularly 4-methoxyphenyl groups.
  • Ionizable groups include groups from which a proton can be removed (e.g., —COOH) or added (e.g., amines) and groups that can be quaternized (e.g., amines). All possible ionic forms of such molecules and salts thereof are intended to be included individually in the disclosure herein.
  • salts of the compounds herein one of ordinary skill in the art can select from among a wide variety of available counterions that are appropriate for preparation of salts of this invention for a given application. In specific applications, the selection of a given anion or cation for preparation of a salt can result in increased or decreased solubility of that salt.
  • the compounds of this invention can contain one or more chiral centers. Accordingly, this invention is intended to include racemic mixtures, diastereomers, enantiomers, tautomers and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
  • the scope of the invention as described and claimed encompasses the racemic forms of the compounds as well as the individual enantiomers and non-racemic mixtures thereof.
  • isomers refers to compounds having the same number and kind of atoms, and hence the same molecular weight, but differing in respect to the structural arrangement or configuration of the atoms.
  • tautomer refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
  • substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH 2 O— is equivalent to —OCH 2 —.
  • a composition or compound of the invention such as an alloy or precursor to an alloy, is isolated or substantially purified.
  • an isolated or purified compound is at least partially isolated or substantially purified as would be understood in the art.
  • a substantially purified composition, compound or formulation of the invention has a chemical purity of 95%, optionally for some applications 99%, optionally for some applications 99.9%, optionally for some applications 99.99%, and optionally for some applications 99.999% pure.
  • the catalytic system is comprised of a porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) electrode with sputtered Cu and an organic film electrodeposited onto its surface.
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • organic film electrodeposited onto its surface Several N-arylpyridinium salts were evaluated as precursors of such a molecular coating by galvanostatic methods. Upon applied bias, the corresponding organic additive led to the formation of a water-insoluble thin film ( ⁇ 10 nm thick) on the surface of the Cu electrode.
  • the electrocatalytic reduction of carbon dioxide, powered by renewable electricity, to produce valuable fuels and feedstocks provides a sustainable and carbon-neutral approach to the storage of energy produced by intermittent renewable sources 1 .
  • the highly selective generation of economically desirable products such as ethylene from the carbon dioxide reduction reaction (CO 2 RR) remains a challenge 2 .
  • Tuning the stabilities of intermediates to favour a desired reaction pathway can enhance selectivity 3-5 , and this has recently been explored for the reaction on copper through control over morphology 6 , grain boundaries 7 , facets 8 , oxidation state 9 and dopants 10 .
  • N-arylpyridinium-derived film may affect the selectivity of CO 2 RR by interacting with the reaction intermediate(s).
  • a library of N-arylpyridinium salts (1-11, FIGS. 1B, 5A-5L and 6A-6E ) expected to display different electronic properties.
  • the as-electrodeposited thin film is water-insoluble and consists of a mixture of both constitutional isomers and stereo isomers of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine species ( FIG. 1A , Example 2B Note 1, FIGS. 7, 8A-8B and 9A-9M ).
  • FIGS. 10A-10L As expected, Bader charge analysis points to different electron donating abilities of these tetrahydro-bipyridines.
  • Coating of the tetrahydro-bipyridine film onto the Cu electrode does not substantially change its morphology, crystallinity, electronics or wettability, nor does it retard the transport of reactants, ions and products, needed in electrocatalytic processes (Example 2B Note 2, FIGS. 11A-11F, 12A-12D, 13 and 14 ).
  • the layer is chemically robust to the locally alkaline environment ( FIG. 17 ).
  • the Faradaic efficiency (FE) for ethylene (Example 2B Table 1) on additive-modified Cu-x electrodes (x 1-11), at the optimal applied potentials, ⁇ 0.82 V to ⁇ 0.84 V versus the reversible hydrogen electrode (RHE; all potentials are with respect to this reference), was plotted against the Bader charge of the nitrogen atom of each tetrahydro-bipyridine structure ( FIG. 1C ).
  • FIG. 1C We found a volcano-shaped trend relating FE and Bader charge, with the tetrahydro-bipyridine of moderate electron-donating ability showing the highest ethylene selectivity.
  • this work presents a strategy to tune the stabilization of intermediates on heterogeneous electrocatalysts through the introduction of organic molecules.
  • this strategy implemented with N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine films and a related oligomeric film on a Cu catalyst, we achieved CO 2 -to-ethylene conversion with an ethylene FE of 72% and a full-cell energy efficiency of 20% in neutral media.
  • the strategy indicates a promising platform for CO 2 conversion into value-added chemicals, thus storing the renewable energy (solar, wind) in the form of chemical energy.
  • Example 2B Supplementary Information for Molecular Tuning of CO 2 -to-Ethylene Conversion
  • N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium (12) was synthesized from slightly modified literature procedures (Scheme 3) 4 :
  • the Bader charge was calculated using the Bader Charge Analysis script written by Henkelman and co-workers 6 . All the DFT calculations in this work were carried out with a periodic slab model using the Vienna ab initio simulation program (VASP) 7-16 .
  • the generalized gradient approximation (GGA) was used with the Perdew-Burke-Ernzerhof (PBE) exchange-correlation functional 11 .
  • the projector-augmented wave (PAW) method 12,13 was utilized to describe the electron-ion interactions, and the cut-off energy for the plane-wave basis set was 450 eV.
  • the D3 correction method by Grimme et al 14 was employed to illustrate the long-range dispersion interactions between the organic molecule, water, and Cu surface. Brillouin zone integration was accomplished using 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 and 2 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 Monkhorst-Pack k-point mesh for organic molecule only and systems with surfaces.
  • hXAS Operando hard X-ray absorption spectroscopy
  • the polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) electrode was prepared by sputtering 300 nm Cu onto a piece of PTFE membrane (pore size of 450 nm, with polypropylene support on backside) using a pure Cu target (99.99%) at a sputtering rate of 1 ⁇ s ⁇ 1 .
  • the tetrahydro-bipyridine film was electrodeposited onto the PTFE electrode in 0.1 M KHCO 3 solution containing 10 mM corresponding additive in a three-electrode setup with PTFE electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode (3 M KCl) and Pt foil being working, reference and counter electrodes, respectively.
  • a constant current of 0.75 mA cm ⁇ 2 was applied on the PTFE electrode ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 cm 2 for liquid-electrolyte flow cell, ⁇ 3 ⁇ 3 cm 2 for MEA) by an Autolab PGSTAT204 (Metrohm-Autolab) for 120 s (the optimum duration. For molecule 12, 60 s).
  • the additives dimerized through the reactions in FIG. 1A for 1-11 and in FIG. 3A for 12 in the main text.
  • the electrode was rinsed with DI water, dried by a flow of N 2 , and kept in dry environment for further use.
  • the additive was electrodeposited on a silicon wafer ((100), 0.001-0.005 ohm cm ⁇ 1 , University Wafer) using the same protocol.
  • the additive was electrodeposited using the same protocol.
  • the Cu foil electrodes were electro-polished by applying a constant voltage of +3 V (vs. Cu foil) for 900 seconds in concentrated H 3 PO 4 and rinsed with Milli-Q water prior to use.
  • the CO 2 RR measurements were conducted in a gas-tight liquid-electrolyte flow cell or an MEA.
  • the liquid-electrolyte flow cell consists of three compartments: gas chamber, catholyte chamber, and anolyte chamber.
  • the PTFE electrode (with tetrahydro-bipyridine film functionalization) was sandwiched between CO 2 gas chamber and catholyte chamber with an exposure area of 1 cm 2 .
  • Catholyte and anolyte chambers were separated by an anion-exchange membrane (Fumapem FAA-3-PK-130).
  • An Autolab PGSTAT204 in a potentiostatic mode was used as electrochemical workstation.
  • the PTFE electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode (3 M KCl), and Ni foam (geometric area ⁇ 2 cm 2 ) were employed as working, reference and counter electrodes, respectively.
  • the applied potentials were converted to the reversible hydrogen electrode (RHE) scale with iR correction through the following equation:
  • i is the current at each applied potential and R (10.4 ohm) is the equivalent series resistance measured via electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) in the frequency range of 10 5 -0.1 Hz with an amplitude of 10 mV.
  • EIS electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
  • Aqueous KHCO 3 electrolyte (1 M, saturated with CO 2 ) was used as both catholyte and anolyte and was circulated through the flow cell using peristaltic pumps with a silicone Shore A50 tubing.
  • the electrolyte was bubbled with CO 2 during the entire electrolysis process.
  • the electrolyte flow rate was kept at 10 mL min ⁇ 1 .
  • the flow rate of the CO 2 gas flowing into the gas chamber was kept at 50 standard cubic centimeters per minute (sccm) by a digital gas flow controller.
  • the MEA is a complete 5 cm 2 CO 2 electrolyzer (Dioxide Materials) which includes a titanium anode flow field, 904 L Stainless Steel cathode flow field and associated nuts, bolts and insulating kit.
  • the PTFE electrode was attached on the cathode by copper tape at the edge of the electrode to electrically connect it with the cathode.
  • the Cu side of the PTFE electrode faced outside.
  • the copper tape was protected by Kapton tapes to avoid electrical contact with membranes or electrolytes.
  • a Sustainion® membrane (Dioxide Materials) was activated in 1 M aqueous KOH solution for 24 hours, washed with water and used as the anion-exchange membrane.
  • the anode consisted of iridium oxide supported on titanium mesh (IrO x /Ti mesh) was prepared by a dip coating and thermal decomposition method 17 .
  • a Ti mesh was dip coated into an isopropanol solution containing (10%, v/v) concentrated HCl and IrCl 3 .xH 2 O (3 mg mL ⁇ 1 ), dried at 100° C. for 10 minutes and calcinated at 500° C. for 10 minutes in air. The procedure was repeated for a few times to increase the loading of iridium.
  • the MEA was assembled in a way as illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C .
  • An Autolab PGSTAT204 in a potentiostatic mode with a current booster (10 A) was used as electrochemical workstation to apply voltage to the cathode and anode. No iR compensation was applied.
  • Aqueous KHCO 3 electrolyte (0.1 M) was used as the anolyte and was circulated using a peristaltic pump with a robust soft PVC tubing (McMaster-Carr, 5231k134).
  • the electrolyte flow rate was kept at 10 mL min ⁇ 1 .
  • the flow rate of the CO 2 gas flowing into the gas chamber was kept at 80 sccm by a digital gas flow controller. CO 2 was then flowed through a humidifier (7 ⁇ 8 full of Milli-Q water, room temperature) prior to the MEA.
  • the full-cell voltage was gradually increased from 3 V to 3.65 V and then kept constant over the electrolysis course.
  • the gaseous products were analyzed by gas chromatography (PerkinElmer Clarus 600) equipped with a thermal conductivity detector (TCD) and a flame ionization detector (FID). High purity Argon (99.99%) was used as the carrier. Liquid products were quantified by 1 H NMR spectroscopy (600 MHz Agilent DD2 NMR Spectrometer) using dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) as the internal standard.
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • the gas-catalyst-electrolyte interface the CO 2,aq concentration is specified according to Henry's Law and the Sechenov effect, with zero flux imposed for CO 3 2 ⁇ , HCO 3 ⁇ , and OH ⁇ .
  • the right boundary concentrations are fixed at the bulk values for the given electrolyte.
  • a 300 nm catalyst layer is imposed over which the CO 2,aq is reduced and OH ⁇ is produced according to the reactions:
  • [CO 2 ] aq,0 is the equilibrium saturation CO 2,aq concentration in the bulk electrolyte
  • j is the current density applied
  • F is Faraday's constant
  • E is the catalyst porosity (0.6)
  • L cat is the size of the catalyst layer
  • FE CO 2 RR is the Faradaic efficiency of a given product of CO 2 reduction (based on experimental observations)
  • ne CO 2 RR are the number of electrons required for the reduction reaction.
  • An IFEFFIT package was used to analyze the hXAS spectra 21,22 .
  • Standard data-processing including energy calibration and spectral normalization of the raw spectra was performed using Athena software.
  • a Fourier transform was applied to convert the hXAS spectra from an energy space to a radial distance space.
  • Artemis software was carried out using Artemis software.
  • the phase and amplitude functions of Cu—Cu was calculated with FEFF; S0/ ⁇ 2 values of 0.89/0.00825 for Cu was determined from Cu foil, which was then applied to the Cu hXAS fitting.
  • Example 2B Note 1. Quantification of the Para,Para:Ortho,Ortho Ratios of the Organic N-Aryl-Substituted Tetrahydro-Bipyridines
  • the 1 H NMR spectra ( FIGS. 9A-9M ) of the film deposited from 1-11 at the surface of a Cu foil electrode suggest that all the films are principally made of two components, with the spectra being complicated by the presence of constitutional isomers and stereoisomers resulting from ortho,ortho-coupling, ortho,para-coupling, and minor organic byproducts. In most cases, the major component corresponds to the para,para-coupled product, with the minor component to the ortho,ortho-coupled product (labeled in blue or in grey with a *, respectively).
  • the percentage of para,para-tetrahydro-bipyridine in the mixture could be quantified in most cases from the specific multiplicity of the resonances between 6 and 6.5 ppm (doublet vs. doublet of triplets, respectively). In both cases these protons have been assigned to the ortho-pyridinium ring, corresponding to two and one proton, respectively.
  • the percentage was quantified from the following equation:
  • Percentage para integral ⁇ ⁇ ( doublet / 2 ) integral ⁇ ⁇ ( doublet ⁇ ⁇ of ⁇ ⁇ trip1e ) + integral ⁇ ⁇ ( doublet / 2 ) ⁇ 1 ⁇ 0 ⁇ 0 ⁇ %
  • the modification of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from 1 did not change the morphology of Cu.
  • the thickness of the as-formed film is about 10 nm ( FIGS. 11C-11D ).
  • the modification also did not change the crystallinity of Cu substrate based on XRD characterization ( FIG. 11E ).
  • Contact angle measurement on each tetrahydro-bipyridine-functionalized Cu electrode showed that the modification did not significantly affect the wettability of Cu surface. Further, no trend for the wettability of the electrode surface and ethylene selectivity ( FIG. 11F ) was found.
  • Cu-1 was electro-oxidized with 18 O labeled water (H 2 18 O) or unlabeled water (H 2 18 O) via the following equation:
  • the Raman spectrum shows a red shift on the as-formed Cu 2 18 O sample compared to that on the Cu 2 16 O sample ( FIG. 12C ), in agreement with the previous report 23 . This result confirms that water can penetrate the molecular coating layer to reach the Cu surface.
  • OH ⁇ adsorption was used to study whether the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines affect the exposed crystal facets of Cu surface, where the CO 2 RR takes place ( FIG. 12D ).
  • Three peaks were identified to associate with the OH ⁇ adsorption on Cu(100), Cu(110) and Cu(111) 24 .
  • Their ratios on bare Cu and Cu-1 were quantified by integrating the charges of each peak. The values are 69:1.7:29 and 65:1.5:34, respectively. The similar ratios indicate that the deposited molecular layers do not change or selectively cover crystal orientations on Cu surfaces.
  • the OH ⁇ adsorption peaks on Cu and Cu-1 are at the same position, further confirming that pH near the Cu surface is the same with or without the modification of the tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from 1 because the OH ⁇ adsorption behavior is local pH-dependent 25 .
  • Raman spectroscopy is able to identify species on a substrate with ultra-high sensitivity due to surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) 29,30 .
  • SERS surface-enhanced Raman scattering
  • the SERS spectra were recorded at a range of applied potentials from the open circuit potential (OCP) to ⁇ 0.75 V ( FIG. 18 ).
  • Three regions of interest were identified as relevant to surface adsorbed CO (*CO), the coupling of which has been considered a critical step in CO 2 RR to C ⁇ 2 products 31-33 .
  • the bands at 280 and 365 cm ⁇ 1 are associated with the frustrated rotational mode of CO and the Cu—CO stretch, respectively 34 .
  • the asymmetric region at the range of 1900-2120 cm ⁇ 1 is attributed to the C ⁇ O stretch of *CO 34,35 . This band is sensitive to the coordination of the *CO on the metal surface 35-37 , which, in turn, may affect the activity and selectivity of the CO 2 RR.
  • the in situ Raman spectra at the same applied potential, ⁇ 0.72 V, on tetrahydro-bipyridine-modified Cu and pure Cu electrodes was analyzed to assess the potential correlation among CO 2 RR selectivity, CO adsorption and the electron donating properties of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines.
  • the C ⁇ O stretch band was deconvolved into two bands: atop bound CO (CO atop , >2000 cm ⁇ 1 , peak at ⁇ 2071 cm ⁇ 1 ) and bridge bound CO (CO bridge , 1900-2000 cm ⁇ 1 , peak at ⁇ 1990 cm ⁇ 1 ) 35 .
  • CO binds one Cu atom; in bridge, it binds two.
  • the integrated areas of each band, which are proportional to the corresponding *CO coverage 36 was calculated to compare the relative population of these two kinds of Cu-bound CO.
  • FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C The MEA device and associated chemical reactions are illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C .
  • a PTFE electrode with N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer modified Cu (Cu-12) and IrO x /Ti mesh electrode were used as cathode and anode, respectively.
  • a Sustainion® membrane was used as anion exchange membrane (AEM).
  • the geometric area of flow field in cathode was 5 cm 2 , of which 45% is gas channel while the rest 55% is land area ( FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C ).
  • 0.1 M aqueous KHCO 3 was flowed through anode side as anolyte and recycled during the electrolysis course.
  • Neutral media are advantageous in terms of CO 2 utilization compared to alkaline media: if alkaline electrolyte is recycled during CO 2 RR, it becomes bicarbonate eventually, due to its reaction with excess CO 2 ; if a single pass scheme is adopted, CO 2 is continuously consumed by alkali. In both cases, the consumed CO 2 is not easily recoverable.
  • Electrolysis in MEA at a range of full-cell voltages was carried out using Cu and Cu-12 as cathodes, respectively ( FIGS. 33A-33C ). Similar to results in liquid-electrolyte flow cell, the functionalization of the oligomer improves the selectivity toward ethylene and this improvement comes from the decrease of FE toward CO.
  • the long-term stability measurement was carried at a full-cell voltage of 3.65 V. During the course of 190 hours, the current remained at ⁇ 600 mA and the average FE for ethylene was ⁇ 64%. The FEs of hydrogen and CO remain low. The pH of anolyte dropped from its initial value of 8.45 to around 7 after 20 hours, and remained at close to 7 over the whole electrolysis course ( FIG. 34 ).
  • the locally generated OH ⁇ reacts with excess CO 2 via
  • the generated anions transport through the AEM to anolyte.
  • OER takes place via
  • the locally generated H + will react with HCO 3 ⁇ and CO 3 2 ⁇ to form CO 2 via
  • the transport ions should not be OH ⁇ only. If the transport ions are bicarbonate, the ratio of CO 2 to O 2 at the anode side should be close to 4:1, on the basis of principles of mass conservation and charge balance; if the transport ions are carbonate, the ratio should be close to 2:1. According to GC result, the experimental CO 2 :O 2 ratio is closer to 2:1. Therefore, the major species transporting through the membrane is carbonate while the minor species is bicarbonate. Further, the pH at the cathode/membrane interface should be about 12 based on the pKa of carbonate.
  • the dissolved CO 2 concentration is calculated to be 22 mM based on Henry law
  • p 0 is 1 atm
  • c 0 is the solubility of CO 2 in 0.1 M KHCO 3 at 1 atm
  • room temperature 32 mM 42
  • p is partial pressure of CO 2 at anode side (0.69 atm based on GC result).
  • FIG. 36 We observed a decrease of ethylene FE and, at the same time, an increase of hydrogen FE after 190 hours ( FIG. 36 ).
  • FIGS. 37A-37F The XRD patterns of the post-electrolysis cathode are similar to those of the cathode before electrolysis, indicating that there was not significant crystalline reconstruction on a macro scale.
  • XPS spectrum showed no iridium signal, suggesting that the increase of hydrogen FE was not caused by the deposition of iridium possibly leaching from the anode side.
  • Example 3A In-Situ Nanostructuring and Stabilization of Polycrystalline Copper by an Organic Salt Additive Promotes Electrocatalytic CO 2 Reduction to Ethylene
  • an organic film is deposited onto the electrode, altering the catalytic properties of the Cu surface. Selective inhibition of CH 4 and H 2 production was observed, resulting in an improved selectivity for C ⁇ 2 products with Faradaic efficiencies (FE) higher than 60%.
  • FE Faradaic efficiencies
  • nanostructured metal electrodes have played an important role in the development of selective electrocatalysts towards particular products at comparatively low overpotentials.
  • a variety of methods are available to form nanostructures at the surface of electrodes, including reduction of copper oxides, wet chemistry synthesis, and electrodeposition. However, most of these methods require high-temperature or high-energy treatments and the resulting structures generally exhibit a poorly defined surface morphology.
  • alkali halide salts are known to promote nanostructuring process in planar Cu electrodes.
  • exposing the copper surface to an aqueous solution of an alkali halide salt under oxidative potentials or acidic media nanocube-like structures are obtained.
  • the resulting electrocatalysts show higher current densities and selectivities for ethylene (20% ⁇ FE C2H4 ⁇ 45%) and oxygenated products compared to a planar electrode, although hydrogen is still the predominant product (40% ⁇ FE H2 ⁇ 60%).
  • these systems suffer from fast structural reconstruction/degradation and performance decay during catalysis, possibly due to the applied electrochemical bias.
  • the sustained influence of Cu morphology on the resulting products still remains elusive. Therefore, preserving the nanostructures under electrocatalytic conditions is of particular interest as more predictable systems can be developed with increased durability.
  • the dimer (1-Br) 2 is a dicationic compound and displays two tertiary and two quaternary amine N-atoms, consistent with the aforementioned XPS results.
  • the copper surface appears to be critical for the dimerization process of the one-electron reduced species of 1-Br 2 (see ESI for further discussion).
  • the one-electron reduced radical 1′-Br is generated in solution using zinc dust as chemical reductant, dimerization reaction is not observed.
  • the stability of 1′-Br in the presence of CO 2 was studied by EPR and UV-VIS spectroscopies ( FIGS. 68, 69, 70A-70B ).
  • the ridge of the cubes can be observed and appears to be all parallel to the bulk of the electrode. This suggests that all the nanocubes are growing along the ⁇ 110> direction.
  • the exposed surface of such nanostructures has to be dominated by the ⁇ 100 ⁇ facet. This could not unambiguously be confirmed by analyzing the post-catalysis electrode by bulk XRD as the change in the surface morphology is too small compared to the resolution of the instrument.
  • the cubic nanostructures display average widths of 275 nm for the biggest ones and 100 nm for the smallest.
  • AFM atomic force microscopic
  • the nanocubes present an average high of 80-90 nm ( FIG. 58C ).
  • SEM Energy Dispersive X-ray (EDX) analysis confirms that the nanostructures are mainly comprised of copper ( FIG. 58D ).
  • Inorganic halide salts are well known for inducing nanostructuring process in copper surfaces.
  • PEIS potentiostatic electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
  • AFM images showed the presence of nanocubes similar in shape to those formed with additive 1-Br 2 , with a height of ca. 80-90 nm ( FIG. 61A ).
  • FIGS. 42A-42D the surface of a copper electrode was analyzed by AFM before and after electrocatalysis in the presence of 10 mM of 1-Br 2 ( FIGS. 42A-42D ).
  • AFM images already show some degree of well-defined nanostructuring ( FIG. 42B ), indicating that the bromide anion of the 1-Br 2 additive is effective in corroding the electrode surface.
  • AFM images clearly show the presence of well-defined nanostructures ( FIG. 42C ).
  • the overall current density is, however, lower and comparable to that obtained with 1-(OTf) 2 and 1-Cl 2 .
  • a thicker film was observable on the electrode when 1-12 was used, accounting for the decrease in total current density ( FIG. 62C ).
  • Well-defined nanostructures are observed by AFM after dissolving the film with DMSO ( FIG. 62D ).
  • AFM images of the electrode after the second catalytic run show degradation of the well-defined nanostructures on the copper surface ( FIG. 43D ).
  • This observation confirms that the electrodeposited organic film plays a critical role in stabilizing the nanostructuring of the electrode under electrocatalytic conditions.
  • This hypothesis is further supported by the finding that the nanostructures are preserved after submitting an electrode functionalized with the organic film to a second catalytic run using an additive-free electrolyte ( FIG. 43C ).
  • FIG. 43C shows that the nanostructures are preserved, but also the selectivity for C ⁇ 2 products is similar to the case of the additive-containing electrolyte (Table 14).
  • the molecular coating also plays a role in the shifting of selectivity for C—C coupled products as observed when molecule 1-Cl 2 was used as additive.
  • the chloride counteranion failed to corrode the electrode surface to form nanostructures, the increasing in the selectivity for ethylene production is due only to the presence of the electrodeposited film.
  • FIG. 44 outlines our working model for the formation and stabilization of the nanostructured copper electrode by a molecular coating derived from 1-Br 2 .
  • bromide anions initiate the nanostructuring process by corroding the copper surface and creating nucleation sites. The degree of corrosion is enhanced via PEIS cycles, forming well-defined nanocubes.
  • a bias of ⁇ 1.07 V RHE Upon application of a bias of ⁇ 1.07 V RHE , reductive dimerization of the phenanthrolinium dication occurs through coupling of the generated radical (1′-Br) which is facilitated by the copper surface.
  • the organic film also plays a role in the enhancement of C—C coupling activity.
  • Example 3A This study underscores that the combination of an organic halide salt additive, in this case phenanthrolinium dibromide, with a polycrystalline copper electrode, affords a simple and convenient means to generate and stabilize a nanostructured copper surface for CO 2 RR with marked enhancement for C—C coupling, and substantial attenuation of H 2 and especially CH 4 .
  • This simple and inexpensive methodology opens promising opportunities for improving CO 2 RR through the interaction of organic additives and metal electrodes. Preserving nanostructures during catalysis, as demonstrated here, is important beyond CO 2 RR and may find applications to a variety of electrocatalysts already reported in the literature.
  • Example 3B Supplemental Information for In-Situ Nanostructuring and Stabilization of Polycrystalline Copper by an Organic Salt Additive Promotes Electrocatalytic CO 2 Reduction to Ethylene
  • Copper foil product number 266744, 99.999% Cu, 25 mm ⁇ 50 mm ⁇ 1 mm
  • phosphoric acid 85%, TraceSelect
  • potassium carbonate 99.995%
  • potassium hydroxide 99.995%
  • 13 CO 2 99 atom % 13 C, ⁇ 3 atom % 18 O
  • Carbon rods (99.999% C) were purchased from Strem Chemicals.
  • Natural abundance CO 2 (Research grade) was purchased from Airgas.
  • Deuterium dioxide D 99.96%), d-chloroform (D 99.8%) and d-dimethylsulfoxide (D 99.8%) were purchased from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories.
  • copper foil Upon receiving, copper foil was polished to a mirror-like finish using alumina paste (0.05 ⁇ m, Buehler) followed by rinsing and sonicating in water to remove residual alumina. Before each experiment, the copper foil was electropolished using a method similar to the one employed by Kuhl et al. [6] In an 85% phosphoric acid bath, +2.1 V versus a carbon rod counter electrode was applied to the Cu foil for 5 minutes and the foil was subsequently washed with ultra-pure water and dried under a stream of nitrogen gas.
  • alumina paste 0.05 ⁇ m, Buehler
  • Potassium bicarbonate electrolyte (KHCO 3 (aq), 0.1 M) was prepared by sparging an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate (K2CO 3 (aq), 0.05 M) with CO 2 for at least 1 hour prior to electrolysis. This process converts K2CO 3 into KHCO 3 and saturates the electrolyte solution with CO 2 .
  • Phenanthrolinium dibromide (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in 1.0 mL of water and eluted several times through an ion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400 chloride form). Yield: 70 mg (100%, 0.25 mmol). 1 H and 13 C NMR spectra were in accordance with reported literatures. [5]
  • Phenanthrolinium dibromide (100 mg, 0.27 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of water and eluted several times through a pre-washed ion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400 chloride form) with HI. After removal of the water under vacuum, 112 mg of a red solid were obtained (91% yield).
  • Chronoamperometry measurements were carried out in a custom-made PEEK flow cell setup similar to the one reported by Ager et al. [7] using a copper foil as the working electrode and a platinum foil as the counter electrode.
  • the cathode compartment was separated from the anode compartment by a Selemion AMV anion-exchange membrane (AGC Engineering Co.). All potentials were measured versus a leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode (Innovative Instruments) with an outer diameter of 5 mm that was inserted into the cathode compartment.
  • the reference electrode was calibrated against ferrocenecarboxylicacid in a 0.2 M phosphate buffer solution at pH 7.0 (+0.239 V vs. Ag/AgCl). All electrochemical measurements were carried out using a Biologic VMP3 multichannel potentiostat.
  • Potentiostatic electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (PEIS) measurements were carried out prior to each electrolysis experiment to determine the Ohmic resistance of the flow cell.
  • the impedance measurements were carried out at frequencies ranging from 200 kHz to 100 MHz to measure the solution resistance.
  • a Nyquist plot was plotted and in the high-frequency part a linear fit was performed and the axis intersection was calculated. The value of this intersection represents the Ohmic resistance of the cell.
  • An average of 3 measurements was taken to calculate the value of R.
  • small resistances were measured, ranging from 40 to 60 ⁇ .
  • Methane, ethylene, ethane and carbon monoxide were detected by a methanizer-flame ionization detector (FID) and the hydrogen was detected by a thermal conductivity detector (TCD). Every 15 minutes, 2 mL of gas was sampled to determine the concentration of gaseous products. After electrolysis, the liquid products in both catholytes and anolytes were quantified by both HPLC (Thermo Scientific Ultimate 3000) and 1 H NMR.
  • FID methanizer-flame ionization detector
  • TCD thermal conductivity detector
  • V RHE V (Ag/AgCl)measured ⁇ 0.197 ⁇ 0.059 ⁇ pH
  • V RHE , V (Ag/AgCl)measured and pH are potential vs RHE, measured potential vs Ag/AgCl reference electrode and pH of the electrolyte (6.8).
  • Cyclic voltammetry (CV) measurements were recorded at 25° C. using a one-compartment cell with a Cu or a glassy carbon disk working electrodes (diameter 3 mm), Pt counter electrode, and a Ag/AgCl reference electrode.
  • the electrolyte solutions were either CO 2 or N 2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO 3 in H 2 O and were stirred during all measurements.
  • KH 13 CO 3 (aq) solution and 13 CO 2 were used as the electrolyte and CO 2 source, respectively.
  • 0.1 M KH 13 CO 3 (aq) solution 50 mL of nanopure water was sparged with nitrogen for 1 h and was added to potassium hydroxide (0.32 g containing 12.6% water) in a Schlenk flask under nitrogen atmosphere. The headspace was evacuated for a few seconds, and 13 CO 2 was introduced. The solution was stirred vigorously for 5 h and an aliquot was extracted to make sure the pH was ⁇ 7.
  • the solution was then added to a pre-evacuated 4 mL vial containing 1-Br 2 to yield the final electrolyte solution of 0.1 M KH 13 CO 3 (aq) and 10 mM 1-Br 2 .
  • 13 CO 2 was introduced from the bottom of the flow cell at 5 ml/min.
  • the outlet was connected to the inlet of the sample loop of the GC-FID/TCD for quantitative analyses every 15 min.
  • the outlet of the GC sample loops was connected to a syringe with rubber plunger pulled by a syringe pump set to the same rate as the gas flow.
  • GC-MS analyses was performed using an Agilent 7820 ⁇ GC coupled with a 5977E MS with a heated cold quadrupole detector and a capillary CarbonPLOT column for identification of the mass fragmentation of ethylene. The background signal was subtracted.
  • X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) data were collected using a Surface Science Instruments M-Probe ESCA controlled by Hawk Data Collection software (Service Physics, Bend Oreg.; V7.04.04).
  • the monochromatic X-ray source was the Al K ⁇ line at 1486.6 eV, directed at 35° to the sample surface (55° off normal).
  • Emitted photoelectrons were collected at an angle of 35° with respect to the sample surface (55° off normal) by a hemispherical analyzer.
  • the angle between the electron collection lens and X-ray source is 71°.
  • Low-resolution survey spectra were acquired between binding energies of 1-1000 eV.
  • All AFM images were recorded on a Bruker Dimension Icon using the ScanAssyst mode.
  • a scanassyst-air canteliver was used with a spring constant of 0.4 N/m and a resonant frequency of 70 KHz.
  • AFM images were acquired at a scan rate of 0.977 Hz applying a peak force of 1.2 nm over 10 ⁇ m with 512 samples per line.
  • the crystal structures were determined through XRD measurements using a Bruker DISCOVER D8 diffractometer with Cu K ⁇ radiation from a Bruker ImS source (50 kV voltage and 1000 ⁇ A current). With a 0.3 mm collimator and 6° incident angle, a two theta scan mode was used and the effective thin film measurement foot print was approximately 3 mm. The grazing x-ray diffraction was measured using the same two theta scan mode but with a 0.1 mm collimator and 0.5° incident angle. Diffraction images were collected using a two-dimensional VANTEC-500 detector and integrated into one-dimensional patterns using DIFFRAC.SUITETM EVA software.
  • Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO 2 RR products and hydrogen obtained during CO 2 RR without and with 10 mM 1-Br 2 in a CO 2 saturated 0.1M KHCO 3 electrolyte at ⁇ 1.07 V. Faradaic Efficiency (%) Additive Run H 2 CO HCOOH CH 4 C 2 H 4 C 2 H 5 OH C 3 H 7 OH C 2 Total j (mA/cm 2 ) — 1 36.4 1.1 3.4 22.0 15.8 8.2 3.2 29.7 92.6 ⁇ 5.0 2 49.4 2.9 2.7 14.0 11.1 7.6 2.7 25.2 97.1 ⁇ 4.2 3 42.5 2.6 2.6 24.7 10.1 5.9 2.6 23.0 96.6 ⁇ 4.2 Average 42.8 2.2 2.9 20.2 12.3 7.2 2.8 26.0 95.4 ⁇ 4.5 1-Br 2 1 17.8 0.3 6.2 0.0 45.2 14.7 3.1 63.1 87.3 ⁇ 3.9 2 13.6 1.0 6.1 0.1 45.6 15.4 3.8 64.7 85.5 ⁇ 3.5 3 15.2 0.7 6.3
  • Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO 2 RR products and hydrogen obtained at ⁇ 1.07 V using different concentration of 1-Br 2 .
  • Faradaic Efficiency (%) Concentration H 2 CO HCOOH CH 4 C 2 H 4 C 2 H 5 OH C 3 H 7 OH C 2 Total j (mA cm ⁇ 2 ) 10 mM 15.5 0.7 6.2 0.1 45.4 14.6 3.6 63.6 86.0 ⁇ 3.8 1 mM 25.0 1.1 5.9 0.1 41.6 16.5 8.1 66.2 97.2 ⁇ 3.2 0.1 mM 28.9 0.8 7.4 0.4 34.3 13.8 6.3 54.4 91.9 ⁇ 3.7
  • the Cu electrode was functionalized with a thick layer of the organic film. This was done by performing electrocatalysis at ⁇ 1.4 V for 1 h in 0.1M KHCO 3 in presence of 10 mM of 1-Br 2 . The cell was then cleaned and the functionalized electrode was rinsed gently with water to remove the solution but avoid mechanically disturbing the insoluble film. All the runs were performed using the same functionalized Cu electrode. The cell was cleaned between each run and the electrode was washed gently with water and kept in air. Fresh 0.1M KHCO 3 electrolyte was used for each run (no additive).
  • Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO 2 RR products and hydrogen obtained during catalytic runs in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1M KHCO 3 electrolyte at ⁇ 1.07 V with 20 mM of KBr. Faradaic Efficiency (%) Additive Run H 2 CO HCOOH CH 4 C 2 H 4 C 2 H 5 OH C 3 H 7 OH C 2 Total j (mA cm ⁇ 2 ) KBr 1 55.7 1.1 8.0 19.7 8.2 3.8 3.1 15.1 99.6 ⁇ 5.3 KBr 2 47.5 1.8 17.4 15.8 11.5 3.9 3.1 18.5 101.6 ⁇ 5.8 Average 51.6 1.5 12.9 17.7 9.8 3.8 3.1 16.8 100.6 ⁇ 5.5
  • Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO 2 RR products and hydrogen obtained during a catalytic run in a CO 2 -saturated 0.1M KHCO 3 electrolyte at ⁇ 1.07 V with 1-Br 2 (run 1); without additive in the electrolyte and using the resulting electrode from run 1 (run 2).
  • Faradaic Efficiency (%) Additive Run H 2 CO HCOOH CH 4 C 2 H 4 C 2 H 5 OH C 3 H 7 OH C 2 Total j (mA cm ⁇ 2 ) 1-Br 2 1 12.2 1.8 6.2 0.1 44 14.6 3.6 62.1 82.23 ⁇ 3.2 — 2 20.1 2.3 10.4 0.1 40 14.4 3.2 57.7 90.5 ⁇ 3.8
  • the mixture of dimers can be observed by dissolving and analyzing by 1 H NMR spectrum of the film deposited on the electrode during the CV experiments ( FIGS. 60A-60B ). This indicates that film formation occurs in the initial stages of the electrocatalysis.
  • Another chronoamperometry experiment was performed on a copper working electrode with a carbon rod counter electrode for 1 h under an N 2 atmosphere using a deuterated electrolyte and with 30 mM of 1-Br 2 .
  • the solution rapidly changes color from pale yellow to deep red upon applying a potential of ⁇ 1.07 V, characteristic of the formation of a phenanthrolinium radical ( FIGS. 61A-61B ).
  • both films formed on the Cu and the carbon rod electrode were dissolved in DMSO-d 6 to be analyzed, together with analysis of the electrolyte by 1 H NMR spectroscopy ( FIGS. 62A-62D ).
  • the ortho-ortho and para-para dimers are the only products observable on the Cu surface. These products are not detected in the electrolyte, or from attempted extraction of the carbon rod.
  • the starting phenanthrolinium additive 1-Br 2 is observed after 1 h reaction time.
  • Other side products are also observed in the electrolyte and via extraction of the carbon rod, which may be oligomeric/polymeric species that result from multiple couplings of phenanthrolinium radicals.
  • the EPR spectrum of 1′-Br in water shows low intensity signals for both the sample under N 2 and CO 2 , at 77 K. At room temperature no EPR signal was observed. The EPR signals under N 2 and CO 2 were similar indicating that the CO 2 is not reacting with 1′-Br.
  • isotopic variants of compounds disclosed herein are intended to be encompassed by the disclosure.
  • any one or more hydrogens in a molecule disclosed can be replaced with deuterium or tritium.
  • Isotopic variants of a molecule are generally useful as standards in assays for the molecule and in chemical and biological research related to the molecule or its use. Methods for making such isotopic variants are known in the art. Specific names of compounds are intended to be exemplary, as it is known that one of ordinary skill in the art can name the same compounds differently.
  • element A, element B, and/or element C is intended to cover embodiments having element A alone, having element B alone, having element C alone, having elements A and B taken together, having elements A and C taken together, having elements B and C taken together, or having elements A, B, and C taken together.
  • Certain molecules disclosed herein may contain one or more ionizable groups [groups from which a proton can be removed (e.g., —COOH) or added (e.g., amines) or which can be quaternized (e.g., amines)]. All possible ionic forms of such molecules and salts thereof are intended to be included individually in the disclosure herein. With regard to salts of the compounds herein, one of ordinary skill in the art can select from among a wide variety of available counterions those that are appropriate for preparation of salts of this invention for a given application. In specific applications, the selection of a given anion or cation for preparation of a salt may result in increased or decreased solubility of that salt.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • Metallurgy (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Separation Using Semi-Permeable Membranes (AREA)
  • Electrolytic Production Of Non-Metals, Compounds, Apparatuses Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

Aspects included herein include an electrolytic system for electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide, the system comprising: a cathode comprising: a porous gas-diffusion membrane permeable to CO2; an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to a second side of the gas-diffusion membrane; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its structure; and an anion exchange membrane adjacent to the electrocatalyst layer and positioned between the anode and the cathode; wherein anion exchange membrane is characterized by anion conductivity and the cathode is in ionic communication with the anode via the anion exchange membrane.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/872,383 filed Jul. 10, 2019, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
    • STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT
  • This invention was made with government support under Grant No. DE-AC02-06CH11357 and DE-SC0004993 awarded by the Department of Energy. The government has certain rights in the invention.
    • BACKGROUND OF INVENTION
  • The CO2 reduction reaction is of particular interest for generating multicarbon products for use as fuels, chemical precursors for industrial applications and other applications. For instance, the CO2 reduction reaction can generate C≥2 hydrocarbons for use as fuels. Additionally, the CO2 reduction reaction can occur at the cathode of a solar fuels generator. As a result, the CO2 reduction reaction may be useful in renewable energy technologies. For example, enable the storage of intermittent renewable electricity as well as net reductions of greenhouse gas emissions.
  • The highly selective generation of economically desirable products such as ethylene from the carbon dioxide reduction reaction (CO2RR) remains a challenge. In addition to C≥2 hydrocarbons, the CO2 reduction reaction can produce a variety of products in addition to C≥2 hydrocarbons. For instance, the CO2 reduction reaction can produce methane in addition to C≥2 hydrocarbons or as an alternative to C≥2 hydrocarbons. Additionally, the hydrogen evolution reaction (HER) can also occur under the same conditions as the CO2 reduction reaction. Tuning the stabilities of intermediates to favour a desired reaction pathway can enhance selectivity. Unfortunately, the Faradaic efficiency for certain product hydrocarbons, such as ethylene, is still low, particularly in neutral media, resulting in a low energy efficiency. Accordingly, there is a need to control the selectivity of the CO2 reduction reaction for particular products.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Provided herein are membranes, electrodes, electrocatalytic systems, and methods for address aforementioned and other challenges. In particular, embodiments disclosed herein provide for improved efficiencies and current densities for production of useful hydrocarbons from reduction of CO2.
  • Aspects of the invention include an electrolytic system for electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide, the system comprising: an anode; a cathode in electrical communication with the anode, the cathode comprising: a first current collector; a porous gas-diffusion membrane having a first side and a second side; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO2; an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane and in electrical communication with the first current collector; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; and an anion exchange membrane adjacent to the electrocatalyst layer and positioned between the anode and the cathode; wherein anion exchange membrane is characterized by anion conductivity and the cathode is in ionic communication with the anode via the anion exchange membrane.
  • Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the system comprises a first electrolyte in physical contact and in ionic communication with at least a portion of the anode; wherein the anion exchange membrane physically separates the first electrolyte from the cathode. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the first electrolyte is characterized by a pH selected from the range of 6 to 14. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the first electrolyte is characterized by a pH of substantially 7 to avoid consuming bicarbonate from the reaction −OH+CO2→HCO3 −. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the system comprises a first gas volume adjacent to the first side of the porous gas-diffusion membrane; wherein the first gas volume is in operable contact with the gas-diffusion membrane such that CO2 from the first gas volume can penetrate into the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane and such that a product gas can enter the first gas volume from the gas-diffusion membrane. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the systems is configured such that: CO2 gas is provided to the first gas volume; the CO2 gas penetrates the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane and diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane to the electrocatalyst layer; the CO2 gas is reduced at the electrocatalyst layer to produce at least one product gas, the at least one product gas having a composition comprising at least two carbon atoms (C≥2); and the at least one product gas diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane and out of the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the anion exchange membrane provides for transport of anions formed or dissociated at the electrocatalyst layer from the electrocatalyst layer to the first electrolyte.
  • Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the electrically conductive catalyst comprises Cu. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the electrically conductive catalyst is Cu. Optionally in any system, membrane, and methods disclosed herein, the electrically conductive catalyst is homogeneous and continuously or contiguous on the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane. The electrically conductive catalyst (e.g., Cu) is preferably deposited on one side of the gas-diffusion membrane. The gas-diffusion membrane and catalyst (e.g., PTFE/Cu) can then be functionalized with other porous materials which could be formed of the same (e.g., PTFE), similar, or other material as that gas-diffusion membrane, but the thickness of these functionalized porous material is significantly different from that of the gas-diffusion membrane. While the gas-diffusion membrane has a thickness on a micrometer (e.g., ≥50 μm; e.g., 200 μm) scale, a functionalization (e.g., using porous material) of the gas-diffusion membrane and catalyst (e.g., PTFE/Cu) has a thickness on the nanometer scale (e.g., <500 nm, for example). Optionally in any system, membrane, and methods disclosed herein, the electrically conductive catalyst is also a coating on an internal porous surface of the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the gas-diffusion membrane is hydrophobic. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the gas-diffusion membrane is hydrophobic and electrically insulating. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the gas-diffusion membrane comprises a fluorocarbon polymer, such as PTFE. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the gas-diffusion membrane has: a porosity characterized by pores having a characteristic pore size selected from the range of 10 nm to 2 μm and a thickness selected from the range of 20 nm to 500 μm.
  • Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the selectivity-determining organic material is attached to the electrically conductive catalyst via physisoprtion (van der Waals interactions).
  • Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the oligomers comprises 2, 3, or 4 of the base units. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the oligomers is a dimer comprising 2 of the base units. Optionally in any system, membrane, and methods disclosed herein, each of the oligomers is positively charged. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted pyridinium group, at least one substituted or unsubstituted arylpyridinium group, and/or at least one substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrolinium group. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted N-functionalized pyridinium group. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, FX3D, or any combination of these. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, or FX3D. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, or FX3D. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, FX3D, or any combination of these:
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00001
    Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00002
  • wherein: each of R1 and R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkenylene group; n is an integer greater than 2 or an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100; each of R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a single bond to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium) and any combination of these; and each of R3, R7, R10, R12-R16, R18-R21, R30, R41, R43, R45-R46, R48, R50, R52-R53, and R61 (or, any R group in Formulas FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, and FX3D other than R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51) is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium), and any combination of these. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium), and any combination of these. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, or FX3H. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units independently comprises a moiety characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, FX3H, or any combination of these. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, FX3H, or any combination of these:
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00003
    Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00004
    Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00005
  • wherein: each of R1 and R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkenylene group; n is an integer greater than 2 or an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100; each of R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium), and any combination of these; and each of R3, R7, R10, R12-R16, R18-R21, R30, R41, R43, R45-R46, R48, R50, R52-R53, and R61 is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium) and any combination of these. Optionally in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, each of R3, R7, R10, R12-R16, R18-R21, R30, R41, R43, R45-R46, R48, R50, R52-R53, and R61 is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, C1-C30 alkyl, C3-C30 cycloalkyl, C5-C30 aryl, C5-C30 heteroaryl, C1-C30 acyl, C1-C30 hydroxyl, C1-C30 alkoxy, C2-C30 alkenyl, C2-C30 alkynyl, C5-C30 alkylaryl, —CO2R70, —CONR71R72, —COR73, —SOR74, —OSR75, —SO2R76, —OR77, —SR78, —NR79R80, —NR81COR82, C1-C30 alkyl halide, phosphonate, phosphonic acid, silane, siloxane, silsesquioxane, C2-C30 halocarbon chain, pyrdinium, substituted pyridinium, or any combination thereof; each of R70-R82 is independently a H, C5-C10 aryl or C1-C10 alkyl, and any combination of these; and each R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, C1-C30 alkyl, C3-C30 cycloalkyl, C5-C30 aryl, C5-C30 heteroaryl, C1-Cao acyl, C1-C30 hydroxyl, C1-C30 alkoxy, C2-C30 alkenyl, C2-C30 alkynyl, C5-C30 alkylaryl, —CO2R70, —CONR71R72, —COR73, —SOR74, —OSR75, —SO2R76, —OR77, —SR78, —NR79R80, —NR81COR82, C1-C30 alkyl halide, phosphonate, phosphonic acid, silane, siloxane, silsesquioxane, C2-C30 halocarbon chain, pyrdinium, substituted pyridinium, or any combination thereof.
  • Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the electrocatalyst layer provides for selectivity of at least 70%, more preferably at least 75%, more preferably at least 80%, more preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, more preferably at least 99%, for C≥2 products of CO2 reduction. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the electrocatalytic system is characterized by a CO2 reduction current density of at least 100 mA/cm2, preferably at least 200 mA/cm2, optionally selected from the range of 200 to 800 mA/cm2, more preferably at least 300 mA/cm2, more preferably at least 400 mA/cm2, more preferably at least 500 mA/cm2, more preferably at least 600 mA/cm2, more preferably at least 700 mA/cm2, and more preferably at least 800 mA/cm2. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the organic material stabilizes a morphology of the electron conducting catalyst for at least 60 hours, optionally selected from the range of 60 to 190 hours, preferably at least 100 hours, preferably at least 120 hours, preferably at least 150 hours, preferably at least 190 hours, during the CO2 reduction with respect to the morphology of the electron conducting catalyst without the organic material thereon. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the electrocatalytic system is characterized by a current density of at least 230 mA/cm2 and a selectivity of at least 72% for ethylene production via CO2 reduction for at least 190 hours. Preferably in any system, gas-diffusion membrane, and method disclosed herein, the electrocatalytic system is characterized by an energy efficiency of at least 20%.
  • Aspects of the invention include a porous gas-diffusion membrane comprising: a first side and a second side; and an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electron conducting catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO2 gas; wherein the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane is capable of providing transport of CO2 gas therethrough; and wherein the electron conducting catalyst is capable of being electrically connected to an electrode of an electrolytic system.
  • Aspects of the invention include a method of depositing an organic material onto an electrically conductive catalyst, the method comprising steps of: exposing the electrically conductive catalyst to an electrolyte; wherein: the electrically conductive catalyst is provided on a second side of a gas-diffusion membrane; the gas-diffusion membrane is electrically insulating, porous, and CO2-permeable; the electrolyte comprises a first salt having a first concentration and at least one additive salt having a second concentration; the at least one additive comprises an organic cation having at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; applying a current and/or voltage to the electrically conductive catalyst; and via the step of applying the current and/or voltage, reducing the at least one additive at the electrically conductive catalyst thereby depositing the organic material onto the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure. Preferably in any embodiments disclosed herein, each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted pyridinium group, at least one substituted or unsubstituted arylpyridinium group, and/or at least one substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrolinium group. Preferably in any embodiments disclosed herein, each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted N-functionalized pyridinium group. Preferably in any embodiments disclosed herein, each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted cation comprising a moiety characterized by Formula FX1A, FX2A, and FX3B. Preferably in any embodiments disclosed herein, each of the at least one additive comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted cation characterized by Formula FX1A, FX2A, and
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00006
  • wherein: each of R1 and R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkenylene group; n is an integer greater than 2 or an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100; each of R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium), and any combination of these; and each of R3, R7, R10, R12-R16, R18-R21, R30, R41, R43, R45-R46, R48, R50, R52-R53, and R61 is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium (e.g., substituted pyridinium), and any combination of these. Preferably in any embodiments disclosed herein, the electrolyte has a pH selected from the range of 6 to 14.
  • Aspects disclosed herein also include a method for reducing CO2 gas using an electrolytic system, the method comprising steps of: applying a voltage between an anode and a cathode of the electrolytic system; wherein the electrolytic system comprises: the anode; the cathode in electrical communication with the anode, the cathode comprising: a first current collector; a porous gas-diffusion membrane having a first side and a second side; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO2; an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane and in electrical communication with the first current collector; the electrocatalyst layer comprising: an electrically conductive catalyst; and a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein: the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers; each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; and an anion exchange membrane adjacent to the electrocatalyst layer and positioned between the anode and the cathode; wherein anion exchange membrane is characterized by anion conductivity and the cathode is in ionic communication with the anode via the anion exchange membrane; delivering the CO2 gas to the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane such that the CO2 gas diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane to the electrocatalyst layer; reducing the CO2 gas at the electrocatalyst layer to produce at least one product gas at the electrocatalyst layer, the at least one product gas having a composition comprising at least two carbon atoms (C≥2); wherein the organic material increases a selectivity for the at least one product gas with respect to reducing the CO2 gas at the electrically conductive catalyst free of the organic material; and removing the at least one product gas from the gas-diffusion membrane.
  • Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, there may be discussion herein of beliefs or understandings of underlying principles relating to the devices and methods disclosed herein. It is recognized that regardless of the ultimate correctness of any mechanistic explanation or hypothesis, an embodiment of the invention can nonetheless be operative and useful.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIGS. 1A-1C. Dimerization of N-arylpyridinium additives, and correlation of ethylene selectivity with Bader charge. FIG. 1A. Reaction describing the electro-dimerization process that converts an N-arylpyridinium salt to a mixture of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines. FIG. 1B. Molecular structures of additives 1-11. FIG. 1C. Trend for ethylene FE and calculated Bader charge for the nitrogen atom of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines prepared from 1-11. Owing to the symmetric molecular structure of the tetrahydro-bipyridines, a hydrogen atom was used to replace half of the dimer unit (see FIGS. 10A-10L for details). A spread of Bader charges for the nitrogen, covering the limiting values of the para,para and ortho,ortho structures, was plotted. The circles correspond to the average contribution from both the para,para and ortho,ortho isomers where their ratio could be determined by 1H NMR spectroscopy (see Example 2B Note 1 for details). The error bars for ethylene FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples. The corresponding error bars for ethylene FE uncertainty were arbitrarily placed in the middle of the interval for those tetrahydro-bipyridines for which the para,para versus ortho,ortho ratio could not be reliably determined by 1H NMR spectroscopy. Molecules or compounds 1-11 shown in FIGS. 1A-1C are exemplary additives useful for forming selectivity-determining organic material, according to embodiments herein.
  • FIGS. 2A-2D. Mechanistic investigations of the stabilization of CO-bound intermediates. FIG. 2A. The relationship between the ethylene FE and the ratio of atop CO and bridge CO on Cu-x electrodes. The relative population of these two kinds of Cu-bound CO was calculated through the integrated areas of each band in the Raman spectra, which are proportional to the corresponding *CO coverage (see Example 2B Note 3 for more details). The error bars for ethylene FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples. FIG. 2B. The relationship between the ratio of atop CO to bridge CO on Cu-x and the Bader charge for the nitrogen atom of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from additive x. The Bader charges and associated uncertainty were calculated using the same protocol as in FIGS. 1A-1C. The error bars for the ratio of COatop to CObridge in FIGS. 2A and 2B represent one standard deviation based on two independent measurements. FIG. 2C. Energy barriers of the dimerization of two CO at both bridge sites and two CO at bridge and atop sites, respectively. IS, initial state; TS, transient state; FS, final state. FIG. 2D. Plots of electron density difference for the CO adsorption with one water layer and the tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1. The yellow and blue contours represent electron density accumulations and depressions, respectively. Dashed lines indicate hydrogen bond network. Red, O; grey, C; blue, N; white, H; pink, Cu.
  • FIGS. 3A-3C. CO2RR performance in liquid-electrolyte flow cells. FIG. 3A. Reaction describing the electro-oligomerization of the N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium salt 12 to form an N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer. FIG. 3B. FE of ethylene on Cu and Cu-12 using CO2-saturated 1 M KHCO3 as the supporting electrolyte. FIG. 3C. FEs of CO and ethylene on Cu and Cu-12 at the applied potential range of −0.47 V to −0.84 V. The error bars for FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples. Compound 12 shown in FIG. 3A is an exemplary additive useful for forming selectivity-determining organic material, according to embodiments herein. Cu-12 refers to a selectivity-determining organic material derived or formed from compound 12 and attached to Cu.
  • FIG. 4. Ethylene electrosynthesis in a membrane-electrode assembly device. The operating current and ethylene FE were monitored for the device. Cu-12 and iridium oxide supported on titanium mesh were used as the cathode and anode, respectively. Humidified CO2 was flowed through the gas channels in the cathode, and 0.1 M aqueous KHCO3 solution was flowed through channels in the anode. The anode and cathode were separated by an anion exchange membrane to form the membrane-electrode assembly. The total geometric area of the flow field in the cathode is 5 cm2, of which 45% is the gas channel while the remaining 55% is the land area (FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C). Full-cell voltage was gradually increased from 3 V to 3.65 V and kept constant starting at time 0.
  • FIGS. 5A-5L. 1H NMR of the molecules 1-4. (Shown in FIGS. 5A-5D) The spectra of 1 and 2 were recorded in D2O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d6 (298 K). 1H NMR of the molecules 5-8. (Shown in FIGS. 5E-5H) The spectrum of 5 was recorded in D2O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d6 (298 K). 1H NMR of the molecules 9-12. (Shown in FIGS. 5I-5L) The spectra of 9 and 11 were recorded in D2O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d6 (298 K). Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B.
  • FIGS. 6A-6E. 13C NMR of the new molecules 7-9. (Shown in FIGS. 6A-6C) The spectrum of the molecule 9 was recorded in D2O (298 K) and the rest in DMSO-d6 (298 K). 13C NMR of the new molecules 10 and 11. (Shown in FIGS. 6D-6E) The spectrum of the molecule 10 was recorded in DMSO-d6 (298 K) and 11 in D2O (298 K). Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B.
  • FIG. 7. Single-crystal X-ray structure of compound 14 (1,1′-ditolyl-2.2′-dihydro-4.4′-diphenyl-2.2′-bipyridine). Carbon atoms are depicted in gray, nitrogen in blue, and hydrogen in white.
  • FIG. 8A. 1H NMR and COSY (FIG. 8B) spectra of compound 14 (1,1′-ditolyl-2.2′-dihydro-4.4′-diphenyl-2.2′-bipyridine). The spectra were recorded in CD2Cl2 (298 K).
  • FIGS. 9A-9M. Molecular structures and 1H NMR spectra of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines formed from additives 1-5. (Shown in FIGS. 9A-9E) The 1H NMR spectrum of the tetrahydro-bipyridine from additive 2 could not be assigned. Molecular structures and 1H NMR spectra of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines formed from additives 6-10. (Shown in FIGS. 9F-9J) The 1H NMR spectra of the tetrahydro-bipyridines from additives 7, 9 and 10 could not be assigned. Molecular structures and 1H NMR spectra of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine and oligomer formed from additives 11 and 12. (Shown in FIGS. 9K-9L) All the spectra were recorded in CD2Cl2 except the film from molecule 8 which was recorded in CDCl3 (298 K)1. FIG. 9L. 1H NMR spectrum zoomed in the region of interest of the oligomer formed from molecule 12 in CD2Cl2. The spectrum suggests that the film deposited on the Cu electrode consists of an oligomer. The two end groups consist of 1-(1-4dihydropyridine)phenyl-4-pyridinium moieties and the repeating unit of a 1-4-di(1-4dihydropyridine)phenyl block. From the ratio between the numbers of protons of the two end groups and the repeating units (accounted for 28 protons and 84 protons, respectively) the number of repeating units was found to be three. Therefore, the oligomer deposited on the Cu appears to result primarily from the reductive coupling of five N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium additive (12). To prepare sufficient quantities of film for NMR characterization (FIGS. 9A-9L), longer electrodeposition time at a fixed applied potential (−1 V vs. RHE) on a copper foil electrode was adopted. FIG. 9M. In order to evaluate if the chemical composition of the film prepared by this method was the same as the one prepared for electrocatalysis measurement, we compared the 1H NMR spectra of films formed from additive 1 prepared by both methods (top for fixed applied potential on copper foil, bottom for fixed current on electrode described in Electrode Preparation part in Methods). The spectra are very similar, indicating the films prepared by both methods have similar composition. * denotes signal from benzene contamination. Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B.
  • FIGS. 10A-10L. Formal Bader charges of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines and the N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer formed from molecule 1-12. Due to the symmetric molecular structure of the tetrahydro-bipyridines, we used a hydrogen atom to replace half of the tetrahydro-bipyridine unit. The position of carbon atom with this hydrogen atom was labelled in purple. The oligomer was calculated as resulting from three units of initial additive. The hydrogen atoms and corresponding formal Bader charges were not shown to keep the values of interest easy to read. The Bader charge of an atom is calculated by subtraction of the formal Bader charges from the outermost electron number of the atom (1, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 7 for H, C, N, O, Cl and F, respectively). Taking nitrogen atom in FIG. 10A as an example: The Bader charge is 5−6.240=−1.240. The Bader charge of nitrogen atom of tetrahydro-bipyridines was calculated by averaging the charges in the ortho,ortho and the para,para tetrahydro-bipyridines in cases where their ratio could be determined from 1H NMR data (FIGS. 10A-10L) using the following equation: Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B. Bader charge of

  • Naverage=Bader chargepara×percentagepara+Bader chargeortho×(1−percentagepara)
  • The Bader charge of nitrogen atom in the oligomer was calculated by averaging the charges of all the six nitrogen atoms.
  • FIGS. 11A-11F. Characterizations of tetrahydro-bipyridine modified Cu electrode. SEM before (FIG. 11A) and after (FIG. 11B) modification of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1 on PTFE electrode sputtered with 300 nm Cu. AFM (FIG. 11C) and corresponding height profile (FIG. 11D) of the film electrodeposited from 1 on a silicon wafer. FIG. 11E. XRD patterns before and after modification of the tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1 on the electrode. The peak labeled by ♦ belongs to PTFE substrate. FIG. 11F. Contact angles on bare Cu and Cu modified by tetrahydro-bipyridines formed from 1-11. The values are at the range of 40-60 degree. Any of molecules 1-12 referred to in these figures correspond to respective molecules of molecules 1-12 illustrated in FIG. 1B.
  • FIGS. 12A-12D. Transport properties of reactants and ions and local environment near active Cu surface. Linear sweep voltammetry curves of Cu and Cu-1 electrodes in a liquid-electrolyte flow cell using 1 M KHCO3 as electrolyte. N2 (FIG. 12A) or CO2 (FIG. 12B) was flowed through the gas chamber. The electrolytes were stopped flowing during measurements. FIG. 12C. Raman spectra of Cu2O formed from electrochemical oxidation of Cu-1 by sweeping the potential from −0.6 V to +0.2 V vs Ag/AgCl at a scan rate of 20 mV s−1 in 0.1 M KHCO3 solution (containing 35 mM KCl) saturated with N2. The electrolytes were prepared using 18O labeled water (H2 18O) or unlabeled water (H2 16O), respectively. FIG. 12D. OH− adsorption curves of Cu and Cu-1 electrodes in 0.1 M KOH solution saturated with N2.
  • FIG. 13. 13C NMR spectrum of the species after the reaction between 13CO2 and tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 6. Peak at 125.86 ppm corresponds to dissolved 13CO2 in the reaction mixture.
  • FIG. 14. 13C NMR spectrum of the species after the reaction between 13CO2 and tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 11. Peak at 125.86 ppm corresponds to dissolved 13CO2 in the reaction mixture.
  • FIG. 15. Schematic illustration of the liquid-electrolyte flow cell and chemical reactions during CO2RR. The flow cell consists of gas chamber, catholyte chamber, and anolyte chamber. The PTFE electrode (300 nm thick Cu with molecule functionalization) was sandwiched between CO2 gas chamber and catholyte chamber and was used as cathode. A Ag/AgCl electrode (3 M KCl) was inserted in the cathode chamber and worked as reference electrode. A piece of Ni foam was employed as anode. Catholyte and anolyte chambers were separated by an anion-exchange membrane. Aqueous KHCO3 electrolytes (1 M, saturated with CO2) were used as both catholyte and anolyte and were circulated through the flow cell using peristaltic pumps. CO2 was kept flowing into both catholyte and anolyte to maintain ion strength and pH during the entire electrolysis. The CO2 gas was flowed into the gas chamber with a constant flow rate controlled by a digital gas flow controller. The gaseous products were sampled by a gas-tight syringe and analyzed by gas chromatography. A photo of the flow cell can be found in the previous report.
  • FIGS. 16A-16B. Local species modelling in the catalyst layer at different current densities. FIG. 16A. Concentrations of OH−, CO3 2−, HCO3 − and CO2. FIG. 16B. Local pH.
  • FIG. 17. 1H NMR spectra of tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 1 before and after electrolysis in 1 M KOH. The electrolysis was carried out in the liquid-electrolyte flow cell using 1 M aqueous KOH solution as electrolyte for 2 hours. The local pH is higher than that in 1 M KHCO3 solution. The 1H NMR spectrum of the film after electrolysis was the same as the spectrum before electrolysis, suggesting that the film is resistant to OH−. The spectrum was recorded in CD2Cl2 (298 K).
  • FIG. 18. in situ Raman spectra of Cu-1 under a range of applied potentials. The lines and shaded area indicate the frustrated rotational mode of CO (280 cm−1), Cu—CO stretch (365 cm−1) and C≡O stretch (1900-2120 cm−1), respectively.
  • FIGS. 19A-19M. in situ Raman spectra of the C≡O stretch region of Cu-x electrodes. The asymmetric band is deconvoluted into bands for atop CO and bridge CO by Lorentzian fitting. The ratio between the intensities of the two bands is summarized in Example 2B Table 2.
  • FIGS. 20A-20D. Optimized geometries of CO and OCCO on Cu(111). FIG. 20A. Initial state of CO. Transient state of two CO both at bridge sites (FIG. 20B) and two CO at bridge and atop sites (FIG. 20C). FIG. 20D. Final state of dimerized CO, i.e., OCCO. A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment. Red: O, grey: C, white: H, and pink: Cu.
  • FIGS. 21A-21D. Predicted CO adsorption geometries. Cu(111) atop site (FIGS. 21A and 21C) and hollow site (FIGS. 21B and 21D) without (top) and with (bottom) N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from molecule 1. To simplify the calculations, half part of the tetrahydro-bipyridine was used. A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment since a proton source near the catalyst surface is necessary for CO2RR38. The bridge CO configuration is in equilibrium with 3-fold hollow site with the latter being slightly more stable than the former in the model we used39. Therefore, the hollow site is essentially equivalent to the bridge site observed in in situ Raman spectroscopy. On bare Cu(111), the hollow site appears to be the most stable adsorption site for CO with a CO adsorption energy (ECO) of −0.39 eV, while ECO on the atop site is only −0.13 eV (Example 2B Table 3).
  • FIG. 22. Predicted CO2-to-ethylene reaction pathway. Energy profile of calculated CO2-to-ethylene pathway on Cu(111) and Cu(111)-1 at an applied potential of −0.80 V vs. computational hydrogen electrode (CHE)40. The most prominent influence of the molecule on the energy profile is the enhancement of CO adsorption (lowering ΔG). This enhancement is in agreement with experimental results, in which the increased FE for ethylene comes at the expense of CO evolution on tetrahydro-bipyridine-functionalized Cu electrodes. The molecule has little influence on other steps/intermediates except that the CO2 activation to *COOH becomes slightly more favorable after the molecular functionalization on Cu.
  • FIGS. 23A-23J. Predicted intermediate adsorption geometries on Cu(111). A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment. Red: O, grey: C, white: H, and pink: Cu.
  • FIGS. 24A-24J. Predicted intermediate adsorption geometries on Cu(111)-1. To simplify the calculations, half part of the tetrahydro-bipyridine was used to capture the main properties of the molecule due to its symmetric structure. A water layer on Cu(111) was used to capture the reaction environment. Red: O, grey: C, blue: N, white: H, and pink: Cu.
  • FIGS. 25A-25C. Operando X-ray absorption spectroscopic analysis. X-ray absorption spectra (FIG. 25A) and Cu K-edge X-ray absorption near edge structure spectra (FIG. 25B) of Cu-1 at applied potential range of −0.49-−0.87 V. FIG. 25C. Coordination number (CN) fitting of Cu of pure Cu electrode and Cu-1 electrode. Operando Cu K-edge spectra of Cu-1 at both near-edge and extended-edge regions showed the existence of only Cu0 at the applied potential range. The coordination number of Cu in the Cu-1 sample is determined to be 11.9, the same as that of pure Cu. Ex situ Cu K-edge X-ray absorption spectroscopy of metallic Cu foil was performed as standard. FT: Fourier transform.
  • FIGS. 26A-26C. in situ EPR measurements. FIG. 26A. A picture of the in situ EPR electrochemical cell. All the electrodes were inserted into a glass capillary tube (end sealed) containing electrolyte and connected to external electrochemical workstation through electric wires. A silver wire was used as a pseudo reference electrode. The potential was converted to the NHE scale using the [Fe(CN)6]3−/[Fe(CN)6]4− and ferrocene/ferrocenium redox couples in corresponding aqueous and organic electrolytes, respectively. FIG. 26B. in situ X-band (9.879 GHz) room temperature EPR spectra at an applied potential of −1.0 V and −1.8 V vs. NHE in 0.1 M KHCO3 solution saturated with CO2. A Cu wire with the tetrahydro-bipyridine electrodeposited from molecule 1 was used as the working electrode and a Pt wire was used as the counter electrode. Signals were started to sample after applying each potential for 3 minutes. FIG. 26C. in situ X-band (9.875 GHz) room temperature EPR spectra at an applied potential of −1.6 V and −2.6 V vs. NHE in a mixture of CH2Cl2 and dimethylformamide (4:6 by volume) containing 0.1 M tetrabutylammonium chloride as supporting electrolyte. The tetrahydro-bipyridine film electrodeposited from molecule 1 was dissolved in this electrolyte by rinsing the as-deposited film on Cu foil with CH2Cl2. The electrolyte was saturated with N2. Pt wires were used as the working and counter electrodes, respectively. Signals were started to sample after applying each potential for 3 minutes. The dotted line points to the magnetic field corresponding to g=2.0, which is the typical region for organic radicals. We did not observe the build-up of radicals under operating conditions, either in heterogeneous or homogeneous forms.
  • FIG. 27. Electrochemistry of 1 and N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1 in organic media. Cyclic voltammetry of molecule 1 (1 mM), tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from molecule 1 (1 mM) and blank electrode in acetonitrile containing 0.1 M tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate as supporting electrolyte. The electrolyte was saturated with N2. Glassy carbon, Ag/AgCl and Pt were used as working, reference and counter electrodes, respectively. Scan rate: 100 mV s−1. No reductive process was identified from the dimer species, indicating that no organic radicals from a reduction of tetrahydro-bipyridine was involved in the CO2RR.
  • FIG. 28. 1H NMR spectra of the tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from deuterated d5-1 before and after electrolysis. Deuterated molecule 1, d5-1, was synthesized from the reaction of ditolyl-iodonium triflate salt and d-5 pyridine as described in the Molecule synthesis part in Methods. d5-1 was then electrodeposited on the PTFE/Cu electrode using the same protocol as the deposition of 1. Electrolysis was carried out in the liquid-electrolyte flow cell under the same conditions as those for other tetrahydro-bipyridines for 1 hour. The 1H NMR spectra of the film before and after electrolysis are the same, indicating that the deuterium atoms did not exchange with protons during CO2RR. This suggests that the layer does not act as hydrogen transfer catalyst. The spectra were recorded in CD2Cl2 (298 K).
  • FIGS. 29A-29B. CO2RR performance in liquid-electrolyte flow cells. FIG. 29A. Partial current density of ethylene on Cu and Cu-12 using CO2-saturated 1 molar KHCO3 as the supporting electrolyte. FIG. 29B. Product distributions on Cu and Cu-12 at an applied potential of −0.83 V. The error bars for FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples.
  • FIG. 30. Liquid products from isotopic CO2 sources. 1H NMR spectra of liquid products from CO2RR using 12CO2 (red) and 13CO2 (cyan) as gas sources, respectively.
  • FIG. 31. An electrolytic system, according to certain embodiments disclosed herein, showing components and chemical reactions for electrolysis in the MEA system. The “molecule” refers to the selectivity-determining organic material, according to embodiments herein. The “Cu” can be any electrically conductive catalyst according to embodiments herein, which is preferably Cu. The “PTFE” refers to the porous gas-diffusion membrane according to embodiments herein, which is preferably, but not necessarily, formed of PTFE. The geometric area of the cathode is 5 cm2, of which 45% is the gas channel while the rest 55% is the land area.
  • FIGS. 32A-32C. Pictures of the MEA. FIG. 32A. Setup of the MEA system. FIG. 32B. Cathode flow field. FIG. 32C. Anode flow field.
  • FIGS. 33A-33C. CO2RR in the MEA system. Gas product distribution at a range of full-cell voltage using Cu (FIG. 33A) and Cu-12 (FIG. 33B) as cathode.
  • FIG. 33C. Faradaic efficiency for CO and C2H4 on Cu and Cu-12 electrodes. The FE of CH4 is below 1% at all voltages and was not plotted. The error bars for FE uncertainty represent one standard deviation based on three independent samples.
  • FIG. 34. Gas product distribution and pH of anolyte during extended electrolysis in the MEA system. The FE of CH4 is below 1% and was not plotted.
  • FIG. 35. Speciation diagram for carbonic acid system as a function of pH at 25° C. H2CO3 includes both carbonic acid and dissolved CO2 molecules, of which the latter are the major species.
  • FIG. 36. Current and FEs of gas products after 190-hour electrolysis in MEA.
  • FIGS. 37A-37F. Characterization of cathode after electrolysis in MEA. XRD patterns (FIG. 37A), XPS at the region of Ir (FIG. 37B), SEM image (FIG. 37C) and corresponding EDS elemental analysis (FIG. 37D) and elemental mapping of K (FIG. 37E) and Cu (FIG. 37F).
  • FIG. 38. Liquid products crossover. 1H NMR spectra of liquid products collected from the anolyte and the gas outlet of cathode. The presence of all the liquid products in the anolyte indicates the crossover of these liquids, especially HCOO−.
  • FIGS. 39A-39D. Chemical structure of (FIG. 39A) tolyl-pyr, (FIG. 39B) 1-Br2 and its reduction to para-para (1-Br)2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 coupled dimers, respectively. FIG. 39C. Faradaic efficiencies toward different products formed during CO2RR at −1.07 V in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte either without, or with, 10 mM of either tolyl-pyr, or 1-Br2. FIG. 39D. Total and partial current densities for H2, CH4 and C2H4 without or with 10 mM of either tolyl-pyr or 1-Br2. The molecule 1-Br2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide and the molecule tolyl-pyr refers to N-tolylpyridinium chloride.
  • FIG. 40A. Faradaic efficiencies and (FIG. 40B) partial current densities for CO2RR products and hydrogen as a function of potential during CO2RR in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2. Each data point shows the average of three individual measurements.
  • FIGS. 41A-41D. Ex-situ SEM images of four Cu electrodes (FIG. 41A) after electropolishing; (FIG. 41B) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at −1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO3 without 1-Br2; (FIG. 41C) same as FIG. 41B, but with 10 mM of 1-Br2; (FIG. 41D) ex-situ SEM image of the post catalysis electrode from FIG. 41C, at higher magnification.
  • FIGS. 42A-42D. Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes (FIG. 42A) after electropolishing; (FIG. 42B) after 5 min in contact with a 10 mM solution of 1-Br2 in 0.1 M KHCO3; (FIG. 42C) after 5 min in contact with a 10 mM solution of 1-Br2 in 0.1 M KHCO3 and 3 cycles of PEIS; (FIG. 42D) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at −1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO3 with 1-Br2. The molecule 1-Br2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIGS. 43A-43D. Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes (FIG. 43A) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at −1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO3 with 1-Br2; (FIG. 43B) the same electrode as FIG. 43A after extracting the organic film; (FIG. 43C) after resubmitting a similar electrode as FIG. 43A to a second catalytic run; (FIG. 43D) after a second catalytic run using same electrode as in FIG. 43B. The molecule 1-Br2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIG. 44. Pictorial representation of the model for nanostructuring of a polycrystalline copper electrode and film electrodeposition as (1-Br)2. The combination of film and nanostructuring leads to high C≥2 selectivity for CO2RR electrocatalysis. The molecule 1-Br2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIG. 45. 1H NMR spectrum of 1-Br2 (D2O, 298 K). The molecule 1-Br2 refers to N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide.
  • FIG. 46A. GC-MS analyses of ethylene generated during CO2RR at −1.07 V with 10 mM of 1-Br2 with natural abundance (blue) and 13C-enriched (red) CO2-saturated KHCO3 (0.1 M). 1H NMR spectra (H2O:D2O=9:1, 298 K) of ethanol produced under the same electrocatalytic conditions with 13C-enriched CO2 (FIG. 46B) and with natural abundance CO2-saturated KHCO3 (FIG. 46C).
  • FIG. 47. Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2 at different potentials.
  • FIG. 48. Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with different concentrations of 1-Br2 at −1.07 V.
  • FIG. 49. Plot of the Faradaic efficiencies for gaseous products over 10 h on a Cu electrode in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2 at −1.07 V.
  • FIG. 50. Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2 for 10 h.
  • FIG. 51. Plot of the faradaic efficiencies for gaseous products over 42 h on a Cu electrode in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2 at −1.07 V.
  • FIG. 52. Chronoamperograms of electrolysis on a Cu electrode in a CO2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2 for 42 h.
  • FIG. 53. Normalized X-ray photoelectron spectra of Cu electrodes after electrolysis at −1.07 V in KHCO3 (0.1 M) with (red trace) and without (black trace) 1-Br2 (10 mM). The broad N 1s peak has been deconvoluted into two peaks corresponding to quaternary amine (green trace) and tertiary amine (blue trace) nitrogens. The purple trace corresponds to the overall fitting of the model. XPS spectra suggest that the surfaces of copper foils are mixtures of copper metal and Cu2O after electrolysis both with and without 10 mM of 1-Br2. Due to the complexity of the organic molecule in the C 1s region, spectral energy for all samples are calibrated using the Cu 2p3/2 peak (932.63 eV) instead of C 1s. The Cu 2p band for the two samples shows a pair of 2p 3/2 and 2p1/2 peaks, indicative of Cu metal and/or Cu2O. These two oxidation states in the 2p region give near identical binding energy. The lack of large satellites at 940-945 and 960-963 eV indicates that the surfaces do not contain CuO. For the sample after electrolysis in the presence of 1-Br2, two N 1s peaks are observed at 400.2 eV and 402.5 eV, which correspond to a tertiary amine and a quaternary amine nitrogen, respectively.[8,9] Integration of the two peaks indicates a 50% ratio of the two different types of nitrogen present in the organic film. These observations are consistent with the 1H NMR spectrum assignment of the two dimers ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 and para-para (1-Br)2.
  • FIG. 54. Proposed structure of the dimers (top), para-para (1-Br)2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 (black and grey, respectively). 1H NMR spectrum (bottom, DMSO-d6, 298 K) of the organic film extracted from a post catalysis Cu electrode at −1.4 V in a CO2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2. The 1H NMR spectrum suggests the formation of two products which have been assigned to the para-para and the ortho-ortho coupling of two phenanthrolinium radicals (blue and grey labels, respectively). The para-para product is the major species (88%). Two resonances from the bridge overlap with the water peak. Nevertheless, COSY shows the coupling of these two resonances with the resonances at 5.11 ppm and 4.88 ppm, corresponding to the two other protons of the bridge. The para-para (1-Br)2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 products represent >95% of the material present on the surface of the electrode. Some minor resonances at 8.50 ppm (s), 7.30 (s), 7.18 ppm (m), 6.75 ppm (m) and 6.65 ppm (m) could not be assigned. They could come from unidentified by-products or other isomers of (1-Br)2.
  • FIG. 55. 1H-1H COSY spectrum of the organic film extracted from a post catalysis Cu electrode at −1.4 V in a CO2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with 10 mM of 1-Br2. (DMSO-d6, 298 K).
  • FIG. 56. Catalytic currents as a function of rotation rate of a Cu rotating disk electrode in Ar-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 at −1.10 V vs RHE in the absence (red trace) and in the presence of 10 mM of 1-Br2 (blue trace). Lines are included as guides to the eye.
  • FIG. 57. Catalytic currents as a function of rotation rate of a Cu rotating disk electrode in CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 at −1.10 V vs RHE in the absence (red trace) and in the presence of 10 mM of 1-Br2 (blue trace). Lines are included as guides to the eye.
  • FIGS. 58A-58D. Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes after electropolishing (FIG. 58A); after 65 min of electrocatalysis at −1.07 V in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 without additives (FIG. 58B); with 10 mM of 1-Br2 (FIG. 58C). FIG. 58D. EDX spectrum of the surface of FIG. 58C.
  • FIGS. 59A-59C. Typical normalized XRD pattern of (FIG. 59A) an electropolished Cu electrode; post catalysis Cu electrodes (FIG. 59B) without additive; (FIG. 59C) with 1-Br2.
  • FIGS. 60A-60B. Ex-situ AFM images of the same post catalysis Cu electrode after 43 h of electroreduction at −1.07 V (FIG. 60A) before and (FIG. 60B) after the extraction of the organic film.
  • FIGS. 61A-61B. Ex-situ AFM images (FIG. 61A) after three cycles of PEIS; and (FIG. 61B) after 65 min of electrocatalysis at −1.07 V in presence of 20 mM of KBr.
  • FIGS. 62A-62D. Ex-situ AFM images of Cu electrodes after 65 min of electrocatalysis at −1.07 V in 0.1 M KHCO3 with (FIG. 62A) 1-Cl2; (FIG. 62B) 1-(OTf)2; (FIG. 62C) 1-I2; (FIG. 62D) 1-I2 after extracting the organic film.
  • FIG. 63. First and second scan cyclic voltammogramms of 10 mM 1-Br2 under CO2 with a Cu disk electrode in 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte at a scan rate of 50 mV/s. Similar results are obtained under N2.
  • FIG. 64. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 298 K) of the extracted films obtained after CV experiments under N2 (top spectrum in blue) and CO2 (bottom spectrum in red).
  • FIGS. 65A-65B. Photographs of the electrolyte containing 10 mM of 1-Br2 in 0.1 M KHCO3 (FIG. 65A) before catalysis and (FIG. 65B) just after catalysis.
  • FIG. 66. Stack of 1H NMR spectra (298 K). The top trace corresponds to the electrolyte (D2O), the middle trace to the organic precipitate extracted from the counter electrode (DMSO-d6), and the bottom trace to the organic film extracted from the Cu electrode (DMSO-d6).
  • FIG. 67. Cyclic voltammogramms on a glassy carbon electrode of 10 mM 1-Br2, in a CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte at a scan rate of 50 mV/s between −0.9 V and 0.7 V of the first scan (blue curve) and the second scan (orange curve).
  • FIG. 68. Visible spectra of 1-Br2 (orange) and 1′-Br (blue) in water.
  • FIG. 69. Visible spectra of 1′-Br under N2 (orange) and under CO2 (orange) in 0.1 M KHCO3.
  • FIGS. 70A-70B. EPR spectra of 1′-Br, in a mixture of water/ethylene glycol (80/20), at 77 K, under N2 (FIG. 70A) and under CO2 (FIG. 70B).
  • FIG. 71. A schematic illustrating certain embodiments of the inventions. The schematic illustrates electrodeposited N-substituted pyridinium additives enhance efficiency for C2+ product via suppression of CH4 and H2.
  • FIGS. 72A-72B. Effect of N-aryl pyridinium on Cu catalyzed CO2 reduction.
  • FIG. 72A. Additives used to make electrodeposited selectivity-determining organic materials used in the electrochemical systems characterized and summarized in FIG. 72B. FIG. 72B. Table of Faradaic efficiencies and other CO2 reduction parameters obtained using the various additives, after electrodeposition on Cu, shown in FIG. 7A. C≥2 product selectivity increases from ˜20% to >60% with several N-tolyl pyridinium additives; less current is passed in the presence of additives. The electrochemical system used for these measurements comprises: Working electrode: Copper foil; Counter electrode: Platinum foil; Applied potential: −1.1V vs. RHE; Membrane used to separate two compartments: Selemion; Reference electrode: Ag/AgCl; CO2 flow rate: 5 sccm; Electrolyte: 0.1 M KHCO3(aq); Additive=10 mM.
  • FIGS. 73A-73D. Effect of N-aryl pyridinium on Cu catalyzed CO2 reduction. FIG. 73A. Cu substrate without additive (left panel), with electrodeposited additive (center panel), and cross-sectional SEM view (right panel). FIG. 73B. Schematic of selectivity-determining organic material deposition onto Cu electrode, and X-ray characterization. FIG. 73C. NMR characterization. FIG. 73D. 13CO2 labeling experiment.
  • FIG. 74. Illustration of an exemplary coordination between a selectivity-determining organic material and a surface of an electrically conductive catalyst, such as Cu.
  • FIGS. 75A-75C. Library of additives with arrows corresponding to relatively increased degree of steric effects. FIG. 75A. FIG. 75B. Chart showing Faradaic efficiency for H2 using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.) FIG. 75C. Chart showing Faradaic efficiency for C2H4 using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.)
  • FIGS. 76A-76B. FIG. 76A. Chart showing Faradaic efficiency for C≥2 products using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.). FIG. 76B. Chart showing partial current density of C≥2 products using a variety of deposited additives (to form selectivity-determining organic material on the catalyst.).
  • FIGS. 77. Chemical formulas corresponding to exemplary compositions of selectivity-determining organic materials, according to certain embodiments here.
  • FIG. 78. A library of formulas of exemplary additives useful for forming selectivity-determining organic materials therefrom.
  • FIGS. 79A-79E. Electronic effects of additives on the CO2 reduction selectivity profile of Cu at −1.1 V vs. RHE in 0.1 M KHCO3. The selectivity of the CO2 reduction towards different products (e.g. C1, C≥2, ethylene, alcohols) can be tuned by tailoring the electronic properties of the pyridinium and the phenyl moieties of the additives.
  • FIG. 79A. Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of the PyrPh, PyrCIPh, PyrCF3Ph and PyrNO2NO2Ph additives with Cu. FIG. 79B. Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF3Ph, Ph and OMePh with PhPyr. FIG. 79C. Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF3PyrCF3Ph, MePyrCF3Ph, PhPyrCF3Ph and NMe2PyrCF3Ph. FIG. 79D. Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF3PyrOMePh, MePyrOMePh, PhPyrOMePh and NMe2PyrOMePh. FIG. 79E. Chart comparing Faradaic efficiencies of CF3PyrMePh, MePyrMePh and tBuPyrMePh.
  • FIGS. 80A-80B. FIG. 80A. N-substituted pyridinium and bispyridinium additives useful according to some embodiments for forming selectivity-determining organic materials. FIG. 80B. Partial current density of products produced during CO2 reduction at −1.1 V vs. RHE (* at −1.15 V vs. RHE). Some additives promote reaction rates for the formation of C≥2 products which lead to the increasing of partial current densities for C2+ products compared to unmodified Cu electrode. For all additives, CH4 formation is inhibited or totally suppressed, leading to C≥2 products/CH4 ratios higher than 600. Hydrogen evolution reaction can either be inhibited (e.g. tertiary amines, ether moieties) or promoted (e.g. primary/secondary amine, alcohols) by changing functional groups on the additives.
  • FIGS. 81A-81B. FIG. 81A. Various phenanthrolinium-based additives useful according to some embodiments for forming selectivity-determining organic materials.
  • FIG. 81B. Chart shows the Faradaic efficiencies of Cu in presence of various phenanthrolinium-based additives at −1.1 V vs. RHE in 0.1 M KHCO3. The selectivity of the CO2 reduction towards different products (e.g. C1, C≥2, ethylene, alcohols) can be tuned by modifying the structure of the phenanthrolinium additive. Some additives promote the formation of C2+ products. For all additives, CH4 formation is totally suppressed. Hydrogen evolution reactions can either be inhibited (e.g. tertiary amines, ether moieties) or promoted (e.g. primary/secondary amine, alcohols) by changing functional groups on the additives
  • FIG. 82. Schematic showing certain embodiments wherein additives electrodeposit into a layer of selectivity-determining organic material at a Cu surface.
    •  STATEMENTS REGARDING CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND NOMENCLATURE
  • In general, the terms and phrases used herein have their art-recognized meaning, which can be found by reference to standard texts, journal references and contexts known to those skilled in the art. The following definitions are provided to clarify their specific use in the context of the invention.
  • The term “electrochemical system” refers to devices and/or device components, such as one or more electrochemical cells, that perform electrochemistry. Electrochemistry refers to conversion of chemical energy into electrical energy or electrical energy into chemical energy. Chemical energy can correspond to a chemical change or chemical reaction. Electrochemistry can thus refer to a chemical change (e.g., a chemical reaction of one or more chemical species into one or more other species) generating electrical energy and/or electrical energy being converted into or used to induce a chemical change. An example of a chemical change or chemical reaction includes reduction of CO2. Electrical energy refers to electric potential energy, corresponding to a combination of electric current and electric potential in an electrical circuit. An exemplary electrochemical system or electrochemical cell is an electrolytic cell. An electrolytic cell uses electrical energy to drive a non-spontaneous redox reaction. Electrochemical cells have two or more electrodes (e.g., negative and positive electrodes; e.g., cathode and anode) and one or more electrolytes. An anode is defined as the electrode at which oxidation occurs, or, in other words, a chemical change being an oxidation occurs at the anode. A cathode is defined as the electrode at which reduction occurs, such as CO2 reduction, or, in other words, a chemical change being a reduction occurs at the cathode. An electrolyte may include chemical species that are oxidized and/or chemical species that are reduced during operation, such as charging or discharging, of the electrochemical cell. For example, the electrolyte is an aqueous solution. An electrochemical cell, such as an electrolytic cell, can have at least one electrolyte, such as at least one catholyte and/or at least one anolyte. Generally, a catholyte refers to an electrolyte that is in ionic and/or electrical communication, preferably direct ionic and/or electrical communication with the cathode and preferably in direct physical contact, with at least a portion of the cathode. Generally, an anolyte refers to an electrolyte that is in ionic and/or electrical communication, preferably direct ionic and/or electrical communication, with the anode and preferably in direct physical contact with at least a portion of the anode. Preferably, but not necessarily, a catholyte and an anolyte are physically separated in the electrochemical cell, such as via an ion exchange membrane, such as an anion exchange membrane. An electrochemical cell, such as an electrolytic cell, optionally has an anolyte and is free of a catholyte. Reactions occurring at the electrode, such as sorption and desorption of a chemical species or such as an oxidation or reduction reaction, contribute to charge transfer processes in the electrochemical cell. Electrochemical oxidation may occur at the anode, for example, and electrochemical reduction may occur at the cathode, for example. Electrochemical oxidation refers to a chemical oxidation reaction accompanied by a transfer of electrical energy (e.g., electrical energy input driving the oxidation reaction) occurring in the context an electrochemical cell. Similarly, electrochemical reduction refers to a chemical reduction reaction accompanied by a transfer of electrical energy occurring in the context an electrochemical cell. Electrochemical reduction preferably, but not necessarily, occurs at or on a surface of a cathode, or portion thereof, such as at or on a surface of an electrocatalyst which the cathode comprises. Electrochemical oxidation preferably, but not necessarily, occurs at or on a surface of a anode, or portion thereof, such as at or on a surface of an electrocatalyst which the anode comprises. The term “electrochemically” or “electrochemical” may describe a reaction, process, or a step thereof, as part of which chemical energy is converted into electrical energy or electrical energy is converted into chemical energy. For example, a product may be electrochemically formed when electrical energy is provided to help the chemical conversion of a reactant(s) to the product proceed. The term “non-electrochemical” refers to a reaction or process that does not include electrochemistry and/or does not require electrochemistry in order to be performed.
  • The term “electrocatalyst” refers to a catalyst that participates in or facilitates an electrochemical process or reaction. The term “electrocatalytic” refers to a material or item that is or is capable of being an electrocatalyst. For example, an electrocatalytic layer is a layer that is or is capable of being an electrocatalyst.
  • The term “porous” refers to a membrane, electrode, film, layer, coating, or any other material or item that has porosity. Thus, for instance, in a porous material, the pores are volumes within the body of the material where there is no material (e.g. voids). Pores in a material are not intended to include the space occupied by atoms, ions and/or molecules of a materials including monomers, oligomers and polymers, for example, of a membrane. The term “porosity” refers to the amount of a material or item, such of a membrane, corresponding to an absence of said material or item, such as absence corresponding to pores, such as apertures, channels, voids, etc. Generally, porosity refers to absence of said material or item within the physical bounds of said material or item, such as due to the material or item having a porous internal structure. Porosity may be expressed as the percentage of the volume of a material or item, which corresponds to pores, such as apertures, channels, voids, etc., relative to the total volume occupied by the material or item. For example, porosity may be expressed as the fraction of the volume of voids over the total volume, between 0 and 1, or as a percentage between 0% and 100%. “Pore volume per mass” refers to a characteristic of a porous material or porous structure corresponding to the ratio of the volume of pores (e.g., voids) to the mass of a material, for example, the ratio of the volume of pores in a sample of material to the mass of the sample. Pore volume per mass of material may be determined by a range of techniques known in the art including gas sorption measurements, Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) surface measurements, optical measurements, gravimetric measurements, imbibition methods, thermoporosimetry methods, and the like.
  • Porosity can also be characterized by characterizing the pores of the porous material or item. In some embodiments, porous materials and pores may be characterized by a “pore characteristic” including, but not limited to, a size characteristic, size distribution, spatial distribution (e.g., uniform or random), pore type, directionality and/or composition. For example, pores can be characterized by a “size characteristic” or “characteristic pore size.” For example, a size characteristic of pores is a “characteristic pore diameter,” which may be an empirically-derived value. A characteristic pore diameter refers to an average cross-sectional diameter or cross-sectional width of the pores of a porous material or item. In some embodiments a size characteristic is a geometrical parameter such as a size dimension or average size dimension, including one or more cross sectional dimensions (e.g., diameter, effective diameter thickness, cross sectional length or width, etc.) and/or one or more longitudinal dimensions (e.g. channel or cavity length, channel or cavity pathway, etc.). Additional pore characteristics including a pore-type, directionality, being a continuous through-pore, a pore distribution and any combinations of these. Geometrical parameters of a pore may be exemplary size characteristics, including average size characteristics of the pores of a material. In an embodiment, for example, a size dimension is one or more, optional all of, cross sectional dimensions or an average cross sectional dimension. In an embodiment, a material is characterized by a uniform spatial distribution or random spatial distribution of pores throughout the material, for example, in contrast to a hollow pore configuration having a central pore.
  • The term “size characteristic” or “characteristic size” refers to a property, or set of properties, of a pore or particle that directly or indirectly relates to a size attribute of the pore or particle. According to some embodiments, a size characteristic corresponds to an empirically-derived size characteristic of a pore or particle(s) being detected, such as a size characteristic based on, determined by, or corresponding to data from any technique or instrument that may be used to determine a pore size or particle size, such as electron microscopy (e.g., for characterizing particles or pores; e.g., SEM and TEM), mercury intrusion porosimetry (e.g., for characterizing pores), a bubble gas transport technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), adsorption-desorption technique such as a Barett-Joyner-Halenda method (e.g., for characterizing pores), a permporometry technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), a thermoporometry technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), a gas permeability technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), optical microscopy (e.g., for characterizing pores or particles), mass transport technique (e.g., for characterizing pores), or a light scattering technique (e.g., for characterizing particle; e.g., DLS). For example, in reference to a particle, a size characteristic can correspond to a spherical particle exhibiting similar or substantially same properties, such as aerodynamic, hydrodynamic, optical, and/or electrical properties, as the particle(s) being detected). According to some embodiments, a size characteristic corresponds to a physical dimension, such as length, width, thickness, or diameter. Size characteristics of a pore include length, width, diameter, surface area, geometrical parameter, or void volume in the pore. A plurality of pores can be characterized by an average size characteristic, such as an empirically-derived numerical average of the respective size characteristic of each pore of the plurality of pores. A pore may be a longitudinal pore, for example. A longitudinal pore is one whose length is at least 20% greater than its diameter (or, than width of its void volume, for example, if diameter is not an appropriate characteristic).
  • The term “permeable to CO2” refers a material or item, such as a membrane, through which, or through at least a portion of which, gaseous CO2 is capable of diffusing and/or otherwise flowing. A gas-diffusion membrane, such as but not limited to a porous polytetrafluoroethylene gas diffusion layer, is a membrane characterized at least by the capability of having a gas, preferably CO2 gas, diffuse and/or otherwise flow through at least a portion thereof. For example, the following references, each of which is incorporated herein in its entirety, include characterizations of and relevant techniques for characterizing gas, such as CO2, permeability rate in membranes, such as a PTFE membrane: Pasternak, et al (“Diffusion and Permeation of Oxygen, Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide, and Nitrogen Dioxide through Polytetrafluoroethylene,” Macromolecules 1970, 3, 3, 366-371, doi 10.1021/ma60015a020), Nonoyama, et al. (“Analysis of Oxygen-Transport Diffusion Resistance in Proton-Exchange-Membrane Fuel Cells,” Journal of The Electrochemical Society, Volume 158, Number 4, Published 2011, doi 10.1149/1.3546038), Burdyny, et al. (“CO2 reduction on gas-diffusion electrodes and why catalytic performance must be assessed at commercially-relevant conditions,” Energy Environ. Sci., 2019, 12, 1442-1453, doi 10.1039/C8EE03134G), and Higgins, et al. (“Gas-Diffusion Electrodes for Carbon Dioxide Reduction: A New Paradigm,” ACS Energy Lett. 2019, 4, 1, 317-324, doi 10.1021/acsenergylett.8b02035).
  • “Ionic communication” refers to the arrangement of two or more materials or items such that ions can be transported to, past, through, and/or from one material or item to another. Generally, ions can pass through ionically conducting materials such as ionically conducting liquids, such as water, or through solid ionic conductors. Preferably, but not necessarily exclusively, as used herein, transport or conduction of ions refers to transport or conduction of ions in an aqueous solution. For example, in some embodiments two materials or items are in ionic communication with one another if a path of ion flow is provided directly between the two materials or items. In some embodiments, two materials or items are in ionic communication with one another if an ion flow path is provided indirectly between the two materials or items, such as by including one or more other materials or items, such as an ion exchange membrane, or ion flow paths between the two materials or items. In one embodiment, two materials or items are not necessarily in ionic communication with one another unless ions from the first material or item are drawn to, past and/or through the second material or item, such as along an ion flow path.
  • The term “electrical communication” refers to the arrangement of two or more materials or items such that electrons can be transported to, past, through, and/or from one material or item to another. Electrical communication between two materials or items can be direct or indirect through another one or more materials or items. Generally, materials or items in electrical communication are (or comprise materials or components that are) electrically conducting or semiconducting.
  • The term “selectivity-determining organic material” refers to an organic material, or layer thereof, the presence of which influences or determines a selectivity characterizing a process or reaction with respect to said selectivity characterizing a process or reaction in the absence of said organic material under otherwise identical conditions and presence of otherwise identical materials and components. For example, the presence of selectivity-determining organic materials on copper electrodes change the selectivity characterizing the CO2 reduction reaction with respect to the process occurring using copper electrodes in the absence of said organic materials under otherwise identical conditions and configuration. When such selectivity-determining organic materials are employed together with copper electrodes in CO2 reduction, the concentration of a particular reaction product is increased as indicated by the spectroscopic and chromatographic methods used to analyze the resulting products from CO2 reduction reactions. The Faradaic efficiency is the ratio of the electrochemical equivalent current density for a specific reaction product to the total applied current density. The Faradaic efficiency is an indicator of the degree of selectivity of CO2 reduction reactions.
  • An “oligomer” refers to a molecule composed of repeating structural units, also referred to as base units, connected by covalent chemical bonds often characterized by a number of repeating units less than that of a polymer (e.g., equal to or less than 100 repeating units) and a lower molecular weights (e.g. less than or equal to 10,000 Da) than polymers. Oligomers may be the polymerization product of one or more monomers, or one or more monomer precursors. Polymerization of one or more monomers, or monomer precursors, resulting in formation of an oligomer may be referred to as oligomerization. An oligomer optionally includes 100 or less, 50 or less, 15 or less, 12 or less, 10 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or just 2 repeating units (“base units”). An oligomer may be characterized has having a molecular weight of 10,000 Da or less, 5,000 Da or less, 1,000 Da or less, 500 Da or less, or 200 Da or less. A dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a pentamer is an oligomer having two, three, four, or five, respectively, repeating units (base units).
  • The term “substantially” refers to a property or condition that is within 20%, within 10%, within 5%, within 1%, or is equivalent to a reference property or condition. The term “substantially equal,” “substantially equivalent,” or “substantially unchanged,” when used in conjunction with a reference value describing a property or condition, refers to a value or condition that is within 20%, within 10%, within 5%, within 1%, within 0.1%, or optionally is equivalent to the provided reference value or condition. For example, a voltage that is substantially 500 mV (or, substantially equivalent to 500 mV) is within 20%, within 10%, within 5%, within 1%, or equal to 500 mV. The term “substantially greater,” when used in conjunction with a reference value or condition describing a property or condition, refers to a value that is at least 2%, at least 5%, at least 10%, or at least 20% greater than the provided reference value or condition. For example, a voltage is substantially greater than 500 mV if the voltage is at least 20% greater than, at least 10% greater than, at least 5% greater than, or at least 1% greater than 500 mV. The term “substantially less,” when used in conjunction with a reference value or condition describing a property or condition, refers to a value or condition that is at least 2%, at least 5%, at least 10%, or at least 20% less than the provided reference value. For example, a voltage is substantially less than 500 mV if the voltage is at least 20% less than, at least 10% less than, at least 5% less than, or at least 1 less than 500 mV.
  • The terms “analog” and “analogue” are used interchangeably and are used in accordance with their plain ordinary meaning within Chemistry and Biology and refers to a chemical compound that is structurally similar to another compound (i.e., a so-called “reference” compound) but differs in composition, e.g., in the replacement of one atom by an atom of a different element, or in the presence of a particular functional group, or the replacement of one functional group by another functional group, or the absolute stereochemistry of one or more chiral centers of the reference compound, including isomers thereof. Accordingly, an analog is a compound that is similar or comparable in function and appearance but not in structure or origin to a reference compound.
  • As used herein, the term “group” may refer to a functional group of a chemical compound. Groups of the present compounds refer to an atom or a collection of atoms that are a part of the compound. Groups of the present invention may be attached to other atoms of the compound via one or more covalent bonds. Groups may also be characterized with respect to their valence state. The present invention includes groups characterized as monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc. valence states.
  • As used herein, the term “substituted” refers to a compound wherein a hydrogen is replaced by another functional group, including, but not limited to: a halogen or halide, an alkyl, a cycloalkyl, an aryl, a heteroaryl, an acyl, an alkoxy, an alkenyl, an alkynyl, an alkylaryl, an arylene, a heteroarylene, an alkenylene, a cycloalkenylene, an alkynylene, a hydroxyl (—OH), a carbonyl (RCOR′), a sulfide (e.g., RSR′), a phosphate (ROP(═O)(OH)2), an azo (RNNR′), a cyanate (ROCN), an amine (e.g., primary, secondary, or tertiary), an imine (RC(═NH)R′), a nitrile (RCN), a pyridinyl (or pyridyl), a diamine, a triamine, an azide, a diimine, a triimine, an amide, a diimide, or an ether (ROR′); where each of R and R′ is independently a hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, aryl group, alkenyl group, or a combination of these. Optional substituent functional groups are also described below. In some embodiments, the term substituted refers to a compound wherein more than one hydrogen is replaced by another functional group, such as a halogen group.
  • As is customary and well known in the art, hydrogen atoms in formulas, such as in formula FX1, are not always explicitly shown, for example, hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms of aromatic, heteroaromatic, and alicyclic rings are not always explicitly shown. The structures provided herein, for example in the context of the description of formula (FX1) and schematics and structures in the drawings, are intended to convey to one of reasonable skill in the art the chemical composition of compounds of the methods and compositions of the invention, and as will be understood by one of skill in the art, the structures provided do not indicate the specific positions and/or orientations of atoms and the corresponding bond angles between atoms of these compounds.
  • The term “aliphatic group” refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group. An aliphatic group can be saturated or unsaturated. An aliphatic group can be cyclic or non-cyclic. Alkyl groups and alkylene groups, for example, are aliphatic groups.
  • As used herein, “hydrocarbon” refers to an organic group composed of carbon and hydrogen, which can be saturated or unsaturated, and can include aromatic groups. The term “hydrocarbyl” refers to a monovalent or polyvalent (e.g., divalent or higher) hydrocarbon moiety. In some cases, a divalent hydrocarbyl group is referred to as a “hydrocarbylene” group.
  • As used herein, the terms “alkylene” and “alkylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an alkyl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more alkylene groups. Alkylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention may have substituted and/or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkylene, C1-C10 alkylene and C1-C5 alkylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • As used herein, the terms “cycloalkenylene” and “cycloalkenylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from a cycloalkenyl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more cycloalkenylene groups. Cycloalkenylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention may have substituted and/or unsubstituted C3-C20 cycloalkenylene, C3-C10 cycloalkenylene and C3-C5 cycloalkenylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • As used herein, the terms “arylene” and “arylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an aryl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more arylene groups. In some embodiments, an arylene is a divalent group derived from an aryl group by removal of hydrogen atoms from two intra-ring carbon atoms of an aromatic ring of the aryl group. Arylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Arylene groups in some compounds function as chromophore, fluorophore, aromatic antenna, dye and/or imaging groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C3-C30 arylene, C3-C20 arylene, C3-C10 arylene and C1-C5 arylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • As used herein, the terms “heteroarylene” and “heteroarylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from a heteroaryl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more heteroarylene groups. In an embodiment, a heteroarylene is a divalent group derived from a heteroaryl group by removal of hydrogen atoms from two intra-ring carbon atoms or intra-ring nitrogen atoms of a heteroaromatic or aromatic ring of the heteroaryl group. Heteroarylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Heteroarylene groups in some compounds function as chromophore, aromatic antenna, fluorophore, dye and/or imaging groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C3-C30 heteroarylene, C3-C20 heteroarylene, heteroarylene and C3-C5 heteroarylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • As used herein, the terms “alkenylene” and “alkenylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an alkenyl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more alkenylene groups. Alkenylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C2-C20 alkenylene, C2-C10 alkenylene and C2-C5 alkenylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • Generally, a divalent linker group refers to a divalent functional group that covalently links two other moieties, such as any two base units of an oligomer, as disclosed in some embodiments herein, such that the divalent linker group is covalently bound to said two other moieties. Generally, said two other moieties are thus indirectly covalently linked two each other via said intervening divalent linker group. Exemplary divalent linker groups include, but are not limited to, a substituted or unsubstituted and functionalized or unfunctionalized alkylene, heteroalkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkenylene, cycloalkenylene, heterocylcoalkenylene, alkynylene, heteroalkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, any other divalent group described herein, and any combination of these. As used herein, a divalent linker group is optionally a C1-C100, optionally C1-C30, optionally C1-C10, divalent linker group.
  • As used herein, the prefix “hetero” used as a prefix to a root corresponding to a functional group, such as, but not limited to, in the terms heterocyclic, heteroarylene, heteroalkylene, and heteroalkenylene, refers to functional group corresponding to the root term but having one or more C (carbon) replaced with a non-carbon atom such as N, S, or O. For example, a heteroalkenylene is an alkenylene having at least one of its carbon atoms replaced with a non-carbon atom such as N, S, or O (e.g., —C—N(H)—C—).
  • As used herein, the terms “cylcoalkenylene” and “cylcoalkenylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from a cylcoalkenyl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more cylcoalkenylene groups. Cycloalkenylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C3-C20 cylcoalkenylene, C3-C10 cylcoalkenylene and C3-C5 cylcoalkenylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • As used herein, the terms “alkynylene” and “alkynylene group” are used synonymously and refer to a divalent group derived from an alkynyl group as defined herein. The invention includes compounds having one or more alkynylene groups. Alkynylene groups in some compounds function as linking and/or spacer groups. Compounds of the invention include substituted and/or unsubstituted C2-C20 alkynylene, C2-C10 alkynylene and C2-C5 alkynylene groups, for example, as one or more linking groups (e.g. L1-L6).
  • As used herein, the term “halo” refers to a halogen group such as a fluoro (—F), chloro (—Cl), bromo (—Br), iodo (—I) or astato (—At).
  • The term “heterocyclic” refers to ring structures containing at least one other kind of atom, in addition to carbon, in the ring. Examples of such heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Heterocyclic rings include heterocyclic alicyclic rings and heterocyclic aromatic rings. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, piperidyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl groups. Atoms of heterocyclic rings can be bonded to a wide range of other atoms and functional groups, for example, provided as substituents.
  • The term “carbocyclic” refers to ring structures containing only carbon atoms in the ring. Carbon atoms of carbocyclic rings can be bonded to a wide range of other atoms and functional groups, for example, provided as substituents.
  • The term “alicyclic ring” refers to a ring, or plurality of fused rings, that is not an aromatic ring. Alicyclic rings include both carbocyclic and heterocyclic rings.
  • The term “aromatic ring” refers to a ring, or a plurality of fused rings, that includes at least one aromatic ring group. The term aromatic ring includes aromatic rings comprising carbon, hydrogen and heteroatoms. Aromatic ring includes carbocyclic and heterocyclic aromatic rings. Aromatic rings are components of aryl groups.
  • The term “fused ring” or “fused ring structure” refers to a plurality of alicyclic and/or aromatic rings provided in a fused ring configuration, such as fused rings that share at least two intra ring carbon atoms and/or heteroatoms.
  • As used herein, the term “alkoxyalkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula alkyl-O-alkyl.
  • As used herein, the term “polyhydroxyalkyl” refers to a substituent having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 hydroxyl groups, such as the 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2,3,4-trihydroxybutyl or 2,3,4,5-tetrahydroxypentyl residue.
  • As used herein, the term “polyalkoxyalkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula alkyl-(alkoxy)n-alkoxy wherein n is an integer from 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably for some embodiments 1 to 3.
  • Amino acids include glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, asparagine, glutamine, glycine, serine, threonine, serine, threonine, asparagine, glutamine, tyrosine, cysteine, lysine, arginine, histidine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid. As used herein, reference to “a side chain residue of a natural α-amino acid” specifically includes the side chains of the above-referenced amino acids. Peptides are comprised of two or more amino-acid connected via peptide bonds.
  • Alkyl groups include straight-chain, branched and cyclic alkyl groups. Alkyl groups include those having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups include small alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups include medium length alkyl groups having from 4-10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups include long alkyl groups having more than 10 carbon atoms, particularly those having 10-30 carbon atoms. The term cycloalkyl specifically refers to an alky group having a ring structure such as ring structure comprising 3-30 carbon atoms, optionally 3-20 carbon atoms and optionally 2-10 carbon atoms, including an alkyl group having one or more rings. Cycloalkyl groups include those having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-member carbon ring(s) and particularly those having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-member ring(s). The carbon rings in cycloalkyl groups can also carry alkyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups can include bicyclic and tricycloalkyl groups. Alkyl groups are optionally substituted. Substituted alkyl groups include among others those which are substituted with aryl groups, which in turn can be optionally substituted. Specific alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, cyclobutyl, n-pentyl, branched-pentyl, cyclopentyl, n-hexyl, branched hexyl, and cyclohexyl groups, all of which are optionally substituted. Substituted alkyl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms. Substituted alkyl groups include fully fluorinated or semifluorinated alkyl groups, such as alkyl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms. An alkoxy group is an alkyl group that has been modified by linkage to oxygen and can be represented by the formula R—O and can also be referred to as an alkyl ether group. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and heptoxy. Alkoxy groups include substituted alkoxy groups wherein the alky portion of the groups is substituted as provided herein in connection with the description of alkyl groups. As used herein MeO— refers to CH3O—. Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise alkyl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups. Substituted alkyl groups may include substitution to incorporate one or more silyl groups, for example wherein one or more carbons are replaced by Si.
  • Alkenyl groups include straight-chain, branched and cyclic alkenyl groups. Alkenyl groups include those having 1, 2 or more double bonds and those in which two or more of the double bonds are conjugated double bonds. Alkenyl groups include those having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups include small alkenyl groups having 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups include medium length alkenyl groups having from 4-10 carbon atoms. Alkenyl groups include long alkenyl groups having more than 10 carbon atoms, particularly those having 10-20 carbon atoms. Cycloalkenyl groups include those in which a double bond is in the ring or in an alkenyl group attached to a ring. The term cycloalkenyl specifically refers to an alkenyl group having a ring structure, including an alkenyl group having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-member carbon ring(s) and particularly those having a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-member ring(s). The carbon rings in cycloalkenyl groups can also carry alkyl groups. Cycloalkenyl groups can include bicyclic and tricyclic alkenyl groups. Alkenyl groups are optionally substituted. Substituted alkenyl groups include among others those which are substituted with alkyl or aryl groups, which groups in turn can be optionally substituted. Specific alkenyl groups include ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, prop-2-enyl, cycloprop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, but-2-enyl, cyclobut-1-enyl, cyclobut-2-enyl, pent-1-enyl, pent-2-enyl, branched pentenyl, cyclopent-1-enyl, hex-1-enyl, branched hexenyl, cyclohexenyl, all of which are optionally substituted. Substituted alkenyl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated alkenyl groups, such as alkenyl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms. Substituted alkenyl groups include fully fluorinated or semifluorinated alkenyl groups, such as alkenyl groups having one or more hydrogen atoms replaced with one or more fluorine atoms. Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise alkenyl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups.
  • Aryl groups include groups having one or more 5-, 6-7-, or 8-member aromatic rings, including heterocyclic aromatic rings. The term heteroaryl specifically refers to aryl groups having at least one 5-, 6-7-, or 8-member heterocyclic aromatic rings. Aryl groups can contain one or more fused aromatic rings, including one or more fused heteroaromatic rings, and/or a combination of one or more aromatic rings and one or more nonaromatic rings that may be fused or linked via covalent bonds. Heterocyclic aromatic rings can include one or more N, O, or S atoms in the ring. Heterocyclic aromatic rings can include those with one, two or three N atoms, those with one or two O atoms, and those with one or two S atoms, or combinations of one or two or three N, O or S atoms. Aryl groups are optionally substituted. Substituted aryl groups include among others those that are substituted with alkyl or alkenyl groups, which groups in turn can be optionally substituted. Specific aryl groups include phenyl, biphenyl groups, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, and naphthyl groups, all of which are optionally substituted. Substituted aryl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated aryl groups, such as aryl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms. Substituted aryl groups include fully fluorinated or semifluorinated aryl groups, such as aryl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms. Aryl groups include, but are not limited to, aromatic group-containing or heterocylic aromatic group-containing groups corresponding to any one of the following: benzene, naphthalene, naphthoquinone, diphenylmethane, fluorene, anthracene, anthraquinone, phenanthrene, tetracene, tetracenedione, pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, indoles, isoindole, pyrrole, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, purine, benzimidazole, furans, benzofuran, dibenzofuran, carbazole, acridine, acridone, phenanthridine, thiophene, benzothiophene, dibenzothiophene, xanthene, xanthone, flavone, coumarin, azulene or anthracycline. As used herein, a group corresponding to the groups listed above expressly includes an aromatic or heterocyclic aromatic group, including monovalent, divalent and polyvalent groups, of the aromatic and heterocyclic aromatic groups listed herein are provided in a covalently bonded configuration in the compounds of the invention at any suitable point of attachment. In embodiments, aryl groups contain between 5 and 30 carbon atoms. In embodiments, aryl groups contain one aromatic or heteroaromatic six-member ring and one or more additional five- or six-member aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. In embodiments, aryl groups contain between five and eighteen carbon atoms in the rings. Aryl groups optionally have one or more aromatic rings or heterocyclic aromatic rings having one or more electron donating groups, electron withdrawing groups and/or targeting ligands provided as substituents. Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise aryl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups.
  • Arylalkyl groups are alkyl groups substituted with one or more aryl groups wherein the alkyl groups optionally carry additional substituents and the aryl groups are optionally substituted. Specific alkylaryl groups are phenyl-substituted alkyl groups, e.g., phenylmethyl groups. Alkylaryl groups are alternatively described as aryl groups substituted with one or more alkyl groups wherein the alkyl groups optionally carry additional substituents and the aryl groups are optionally substituted. Specific alkylaryl groups are alkyl-substituted phenyl groups such as methylphenyl. Substituted arylalkyl groups include fully halogenated or semihalogenated arylalkyl groups, such as arylalkyl groups having one or more alkyl and/or aryl groups having one or more hydrogens replaced with one or more fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms and/or iodine atoms. Compositions of some embodiments of the invention comprise arylalkyl groups as terminating groups, such as polymer backbone terminating groups and/or polymer side chain terminating groups.
  • As to any of the groups described herein which contain one or more substituents, it is understood that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. In addition, the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds. Optional substitution of alkyl groups includes substitution with one or more alkenyl groups, aryl groups or both, wherein the alkenyl groups or aryl groups are optionally substituted. Optional substitution of alkenyl groups includes substitution with one or more alkyl groups, aryl groups, or both, wherein the alkyl groups or aryl groups are optionally substituted. Optional substitution of aryl groups includes substitution of the aryl ring with one or more alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, or both, wherein the alkyl groups or alkenyl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Optional substituents for any alkyl, alkenyl and aryl group includes substitution with one or more of the following substituents, among others:
  • halogen, including fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine;
  • pseudohalides, including —CN;
  • —COOR where R is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted;
  • —COR where R is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted;
  • —CON(R)2 where each R, independently of each other R, is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted; and where R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • —OCON(R)2 where each R, independently of each other R, is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group all of which groups are optionally substituted; and where R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • —N(R)2 where each R, independently of each other R, is a hydrogen, or an alkyl group, or an acyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, phenyl or acetyl group, all of which are optionally substituted; and where R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms;
  • —SR, where R is hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or a phenyl group, which are optionally substituted;
  • —SO2R, or —SOR where R is an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl group, all of which are optionally substituted;
  • —OCOOR where R is an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • —SO2N(R)2 where each R, independently of each other R, is a hydrogen, or an alkyl group, or an aryl group all of which are optionally substituted and wherein R and R can form a ring which can contain one or more double bonds and can contain one or more additional carbon atoms; and
  • —OR where R is H, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group all of which are optionally substituted. In a particular example R can be an acyl yielding —OCOR″ where R″ is a hydrogen or an alkyl group or an aryl group and more specifically where R″ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or phenyl groups all of which groups are optionally substituted.
  • Specific substituted alkyl groups include haloalkyl groups, particularly trihalomethyl groups and specifically trifluoromethyl groups. Specific substituted aryl groups include mono-, di-, tri, tetra- and pentahalo-substituted phenyl groups; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, penta-, hexa-, and hepta-halo-substituted naphthalene groups; 3- or 4-halo-substituted phenyl groups, 3- or 4-alkyl-substituted phenyl groups, 3- or 4-alkoxy-substituted phenyl groups, 3- or 4-RCO-substituted phenyl, 5- or 6-halo-substituted naphthalene groups. More specifically, substituted aryl groups include acetylphenyl groups, particularly 4-acetylphenyl groups; fluorophenyl groups, particularly 3-fluorophenyl and 4-fluorophenyl groups; chlorophenyl groups, particularly 3-chlorophenyl and 4-chlorophenyl groups; methylphenyl groups, particularly 4-methylphenyl groups; and methoxyphenyl groups, particularly 4-methoxyphenyl groups.
  • As to any of the above groups which contain one or more substituents, it is understood that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible.
  • Many of the molecules disclosed herein contain one or more ionizable groups. Ionizable groups include groups from which a proton can be removed (e.g., —COOH) or added (e.g., amines) and groups that can be quaternized (e.g., amines). All possible ionic forms of such molecules and salts thereof are intended to be included individually in the disclosure herein. With regard to salts of the compounds herein, one of ordinary skill in the art can select from among a wide variety of available counterions that are appropriate for preparation of salts of this invention for a given application. In specific applications, the selection of a given anion or cation for preparation of a salt can result in increased or decreased solubility of that salt.
  • The compounds of this invention can contain one or more chiral centers. Accordingly, this invention is intended to include racemic mixtures, diastereomers, enantiomers, tautomers and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. The scope of the invention as described and claimed encompasses the racemic forms of the compounds as well as the individual enantiomers and non-racemic mixtures thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “isomers” refers to compounds having the same number and kind of atoms, and hence the same molecular weight, but differing in respect to the structural arrangement or configuration of the atoms.
  • The term “tautomer,” as used herein, refers to one of two or more structural isomers which exist in equilibrium and which are readily converted from one isomeric form to another.
  • Where substituent groups are specified by their conventional chemical formulae, written from left to right, they equally encompass the chemically identical substituents that would result from writing the structure from right to left, e.g., —CH2O— is equivalent to —OCH2—.
  • In an embodiment, a composition or compound of the invention, such as an alloy or precursor to an alloy, is isolated or substantially purified. In an embodiment, an isolated or purified compound is at least partially isolated or substantially purified as would be understood in the art. In an embodiment, a substantially purified composition, compound or formulation of the invention has a chemical purity of 95%, optionally for some applications 99%, optionally for some applications 99.9%, optionally for some applications 99.99%, and optionally for some applications 99.999% pure.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • In the following description, numerous specific details of the devices, device components and methods of the present invention are set forth in order to provide a thorough explanation of the precise nature of the invention. It will be apparent, however, to those of skill in the art that the invention can be practiced without these specific details.
  • The invention can be further understood by the following non-limiting examples.
    • Example 1: Overview of Select Embodiments
  • The electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide to value-added fuels and feedstocks provides a sustainable and carbon-neutral approach to the storage of intermittent renewable electricity. The selective production of high energy density hydrocarbons such as ethylene remains a challenge in this reaction. Although copper-based electrodes have already shown promising selectivities for the generation of some hydrocarbon products, their overall energy efficiency (EE) values for ethylene production are still low under mild reaction conditions (pH-neutral media and low overpotential). In this work, we disclose an electrocatalytic system for the conversion of carbon dioxide into ethylene in a neutral electrolyte with a faradaic efficiency of 72% at a potential of −0.83 V vs RHE with partial current density of 230 mA cm−2. The catalytic system is comprised of a porous polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) electrode with sputtered Cu and an organic film electrodeposited onto its surface. Several N-arylpyridinium salts were evaluated as precursors of such a molecular coating by galvanostatic methods. Upon applied bias, the corresponding organic additive led to the formation of a water-insoluble thin film (˜10 nm thick) on the surface of the Cu electrode.
  • Spectroscopic characterizations revealed that the organic film is formed via reductive dimerization of the N-arylpyridinium salts. Furthermore, the incorporation of the organic film did not change the morphology nor the crystal properties of the Cu electrode. We observed stable ethylene electrosynthesis for 190 h in a membrane electrode assembly-based system that provides a full-cell EE of 20%. Operando spectroscopic measurements and computational studies showed that the molecular coating improve the stabilization of a CO-bound intermediate in an atop bound configuration, thereby favoring the reduction of CO2 to ethylene. These combined findings indicate how molecular strategies can complement heterogenous catalysts by stabilizing intermediates via local molecular tuning.
    • Example 2A: Molecular Tuning of CO2-to-Ethylene Conversion
  • The electrocatalytic reduction of carbon dioxide, powered by renewable electricity, to produce valuable fuels and feedstocks provides a sustainable and carbon-neutral approach to the storage of energy produced by intermittent renewable sources1. The highly selective generation of economically desirable products such as ethylene from the carbon dioxide reduction reaction (CO2RR) remains a challenge2. Tuning the stabilities of intermediates to favour a desired reaction pathway can enhance selectivity3-5, and this has recently been explored for the reaction on copper through control over morphology6, grain boundaries7, facets8, oxidation state9 and dopants10. Unfortunately, the Faradaic efficiency for ethylene is still low in neutral media (60 percent at a partial current density of 7 milliamperes per square centimetre in the best catalyst reported so far9), resulting in a low energy efficiency. Here we present a molecular tuning strategy—the functionalization of the surface of electrocatalysts with organic molecules—that stabilizes intermediates for enhanced CO2RR to ethylene. Using electrochemical, operando/in situ spectroscopic and computational studies, we investigate the influence of a library of molecules, derived by electro-dimerization of arylpyridiniums11, adsorbed on copper. We find that the adhered molecules improve the stabilization of an atop-bound CO intermediate (that is, an intermediate bound to a single copper atom), thereby favouring further reduction to ethylene. As a result of this strategy, we report the CO2RR to ethylene with a Faradaic efficiency of 72 percent at a partial current density of 230 milliamperes per square centimetre in a liquid-electrolyte flow cell in neutral medium. We report stable ethylene electrosynthesis for 190 hours in a system based on a membrane-electrode assembly that provides a full-cell energy efficiency of 20 percent. These findings indicate how molecular strategies can complement heterogeneous catalysts by stabilizing intermediates via local molecular tuning.
  • Recently we found that an N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-4,4″-bipyridine organic thin film, formed by reductive electro-dimerization of an N-aryl pyridinium additive (FIG. 1A; see Supplementary Information for details), facilitated selective CO2RR to multi-carbon products on Cu foils11. However, the selectivity and partial current density for ethylene are low (about 40% and 0.5 mA cm−2) for practical applications. We sought to clarify factors contributing to the selectivity enhancement to enable further design of new functional molecules with better performance.
  • Noting that local environment plays a role in electrocatalysis through tuning interactions among reactants/intermediates12-16, we postulated that the N-arylpyridinium-derived film may affect the selectivity of CO2RR by interacting with the reaction intermediate(s). To test this hypothesis, we first prepared a library of N-arylpyridinium salts (1-11, FIGS. 1B, 5A-5L and 6A-6E) expected to display different electronic properties. We then electrodeposited these N-arylpyridinium precursors onto a porous polytetrafluoroethylene gas diffusion layer17 with a sputtered Cu layer serving as both current collector and catalyst. The as-electrodeposited thin film is water-insoluble and consists of a mixture of both constitutional isomers and stereo isomers of N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine species (FIG. 1A, Example 2B Note 1, FIGS. 7, 8A-8B and 9A-9M). As expected, Bader charge analysis points to different electron donating abilities of these tetrahydro-bipyridines (FIGS. 10A-10L). Coating of the tetrahydro-bipyridine film onto the Cu electrode does not substantially change its morphology, crystallinity, electronics or wettability, nor does it retard the transport of reactants, ions and products, needed in electrocatalytic processes (Example 2B Note 2, FIGS. 11A-11F, 12A-12D, 13 and 14).
  • We evaluated CO2RR properties of these tetrahydro-bipyridine-functionalized electrodes in a liquid-electrolyte flow cell system (FIG. 15), using CO2-saturated 1 M aqueous KHCO3 as the supporting electrolyte. In this system, the abundant catalyst/electrolyte/CO2 triple-phase interfaces overcome the CO2 mass-transport limit17,18 and thus enable commercially relevant current densities19,20. We note that, although the large achievable current densities in the flow cell drive up local pH (FIGS. 16A-16B), the tetrahydro-bipyridine layer does not create a further pH gradient near the active Cu surface (Example 2B Note 2). The layer is chemically robust to the locally alkaline environment (FIG. 17). The Faradaic efficiency (FE) for ethylene (Example 2B Table 1) on additive-modified Cu-x electrodes (x=1-11), at the optimal applied potentials, −0.82 V to −0.84 V versus the reversible hydrogen electrode (RHE; all potentials are with respect to this reference), was plotted against the Bader charge of the nitrogen atom of each tetrahydro-bipyridine structure (FIG. 1C). We found a volcano-shaped trend relating FE and Bader charge, with the tetrahydro-bipyridine of moderate electron-donating ability showing the highest ethylene selectivity.
  • We further found a volcano-shaped relationship between the ethylene selectivity and the ratio of atop-bound CO (COatop) to bridge-bound CO (that is, CO bound to two Cu atoms, hereafter CObridge) on Cu-x surfaces (FIG. 2A). We identified and quantified these bound CO configurations through in situ Raman spectroscopic interrogation21-24 of these surfaces (Example 2B Note 3, FIGS. 18 and 19A-19M, Example 2B Table 2). In all cases, the ratio of COatop to CObridge on Cu-x was increased relative to that on bare Cu. Noting a correlation between ethylene selectivity and electron-donation propensity (FIG. 1C), we hypothesized that the change of the relative population of COatop and CObridge could arise from the difference in electron-donating abilities of the tetrahydro-bipyridines. Indeed, we found that the ratio of COatop to CObridge was positively correlated with the Bader charge of the nitrogen atom in the tetrahydro-bipyridines (FIG. 2B). This finding suggests that electron donation to the *CO stabilizes the atop CO more than it does the bridge CO.
  • To gain molecular-level insight into the effect of CO binding, we calculated, using density functional theory (DFT), reaction barriers for the CO dimerization step, a critical step along the pathway to C2 products5 (that is, products with two carbon atoms, such as ethylene and ethanol), on Cu(111) with the initial configurations of two *CO on the atop:atop, atop:bridge and bridge:bridge sites (FIGS. 2C and 20A-20D). We found the lowest barrier of CO dimerization to be at the atop:bridge site with a barrier of 0.72 eV. In comparison, the barrier for the bridge:bridge site is 0.82 eV. The barrier for the atop:atop site could not be identified: one of the CO on atop site tends to relocate to bridge site, suggesting that atop:atop is not favourable for CO dimerization. These findings indicate that neither too large nor too small a population of atop CO favours C2 selectivity.
  • We further calculated the adsorption of CO on Cu(111) (FIGS. 21A-21D, Example 2B Table 3). On bare Cu(111), the bridge site appears to be the most stable adsorption site for CO. In the presence of the tetrahydro-bipyridine formed from 1, the adsorption of CO on both bridge and (especially) atop sites is enhanced, and the atop site becomes favoured compared with the bridge site. The enhancement of CO binding energy decreases the desorption of *CO and increases the likelihood of further reduction of *CO to ethylene (FIGS. 22, 23A-23J and 24A-24J).
  • We visualized the interaction between the tetrahydro-bipyridine molecule and *CO through the electron density difference plot (FIG. 2D). The electron density appears to transfer from the molecule to nearby water molecules, changing the electronic distributions of water surrounding *CO, and enhancing CO adsorption in the favourable atop site.
  • In sum, our working model is that H2O-mediated electron density transfer of the tetrahydro-bipyridine film to *CO stabilizes this intermediate, especially on the atop site, and therefore promotes the energy-favourable dimerization of bridge:atop bound CO, leading to enhanced ethylene selectivity. However, too strong an adsorption of CO caused by strong electron donation of some tetrahydro-bipyridines (right side of the volcano plot in FIG. 1C) results in overload of atop-bound CO and thus yields energy barriers too large for further reaction.
  • We found, by using operando X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS, FIGS. 25A-25C), that tetrahydro-bipyridine does not modulate the oxidation state or coordination environment of Cu—although such modulation is known to promote ethylene formation9,25. We also found, from in situ electrochemical electron paramagnetic resonance spectroscopic (EPR) and isotopic labelling studies (FIGS. 26A-26C, 27 and 28), that tetrahydro-bipyridine does not mediate electron transfers via its conversion to pyridinium radicals16,26, nor does it mediate hydrogen-transfer steps.
  • Because the nitrogen atom of the N-aryl-substituted pyridine ring influences the binding of *CO, we posited that an N-aryl-pyridinium-derived molecule with more nitrogen sites and optimal electron-donating properties would stabilize more *CO on the Cu surface. Accordingly, we synthesized an N,N″-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium salt (12, FIGS. 3A and 5A-5L). In contrast with 1-11, 12 underwent oligomerization to form an N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer under electrodeposition (FIGS. 3A and 9A-9M). The Bader charge of the nitrogen atom of the oligomer (FIGS. 10A-10L) is close to that of the tetrahydro-bipyridine from 1, and, as expected, the ratio of COatop to CObridge on Cu-12 (FIGS. 19A-19M, Example 2B Table 2) is also close to that on Cu-1. Based on the working hypotheses presented here, these findings suggest the Cu-12 catalyst should approach the top of the volcano plot.
  • We evaluated the CO2RR performance of Cu-12 in the same flow cell system. The ethylene FE on Cu-12 is higher than that on bare Cu and other Cu-x across the entire applied potential range (−0.49 V to −0.84 V) and achieves a peak value of 72% at −0.83 V (FIG. 3B, Example 2B Tables 1 and 4), higher than previous selectivities reported for ethylene in neutral media (Example 2B Table 5). In contrast, the ethylene FE on bare Cu under similar conditions is below 40%. High selectivity and high current density combine for an ethylene production current of 232 mA cm−2 at −0.83 V (FIGS. 29A-29B).
  • We examined the FEs of CO and ethylene across the applied potential range. Although the FE of CO follows the same trend of peaking at moderate potentials, more CO is converted to ethylene on Cu-12 than on pure Cu (FIG. 3C, Example 2 Table 4). Specifically, at the applied potential of −0.83 V, the FEs of CO and ethylene on Cu-12 electrode are 5% and 72%, respectively, whereas the values on bare Cu are 35% and 37%, respectively (FIGS. 29A-29B). The FEs of other CO2RR products remain similar on both catalysts. These findings suggest that the increased ethylene selectivity arises primarily at the expense of CO evolution. This behaviour agrees with the in situ Raman spectroscopy and DFT calculations, where the *CO is well-stabilized for ongoing reduction on the molecularly functionalized Cu electrode. We confirmed by isotopic CO2 studies (FIG. 30) that the products were from CO2RR.
  • To evaluate the potential of the Cu-12 catalyst for practical applications, we integrated it into a membrane-electrode-assembly device (Example 2B Note 4, FIGS. 31, 32A-32C, 33A-33C, 34, 35, 36, 37A-37F and 38) for electrosynthesis of ethylene through the overall reaction: 2CO2+2H2O→C2H4+3O2; E°=1.15 V, where E is the equilibrium potential for the reaction.
  • We operated the membrane-electrode-assembly system at a full-cell voltage of 3.65 V for 190 h. It exhibited a stable current (˜600 mA) and a stable ethylene selectivity (64%) in neutral medium (FIG. 4). The energy efficiency (EE) of the system is determined to be 20% via: EEfull-cell=(E°×FEethylene)/Efull-cell.
  • Overall, this work presents a strategy to tune the stabilization of intermediates on heterogeneous electrocatalysts through the introduction of organic molecules. Using this strategy, implemented with N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine films and a related oligomeric film on a Cu catalyst, we achieved CO2-to-ethylene conversion with an ethylene FE of 72% and a full-cell energy efficiency of 20% in neutral media. In light of this performance, in combination with the long-term operating stability, the strategy indicates a promising platform for CO2 conversion into value-added chemicals, thus storing the renewable energy (solar, wind) in the form of chemical energy.
    • References Associated with Example 2A
    • 1. Seh, Z. W. et al. Combining theory and experiment in electrocatalysis: insights into materials design. Science 355, eaad4998 (2017).
    • 2. De Luna, P. et al. What would it take for renewably powered electrosynthesis to displace petrochemical processes? Science 364, eaav3506 (2019).
    • 3. Li, Y. & Sun, Q. Recent advances in breaking scaling relations for effective electrochemical conversion of CO2 . Adv. Energy Mater. 6, 1600463 (2016).
    • 4. Calle-Vallejo, F. & Koper, M. T. Theoretical considerations on the electroreduction of CO to C2 species on Cu(100) electrodes. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 52, 7282-7285 (2013).
    • 5. Montoya, J. H., Shi, C., Chan, K. & Nørskov, J. K. Theoretical insights into a CO dimerization mechanism in CO2 electroreduction. J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 6, 2032-2037 (2015).
    • 6. Yang, K. D. et al. Morphology-directed selective production of ethylene or ethane from CO2 on a Cu mesopore electrode. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 56, 796-800 (2017).
    • 7. Li, C. W., Ciston, J. & Kanan, M. W. Electroreduction of carbon monoxide to liquid fuel on oxide-derived nanocrystalline copper. Nature 508, 504-507 (2014).
    • 8. Jiang, K. et al. Metal ion cycling of Cu foil for selective C—C coupling in electrochemical CO2 reduction. Nat. Catal. 1, 111-119 (2018).
    • 9. Mistry, H. et al. Highly selective plasma-activated copper catalysts for carbon dioxide reduction to ethylene. Nat. Commun. 7, 12123 (2016).
    • 10. Zhou, Y. et al. Dopant-induced electron localization drives CO2 reduction to C2 hydrocarbons. Nat. Chem. 10, 974-980 (2018).
    • 11. Han, Z., Kortlever, R., Chen, H. Y., Peters, J. C. & Agapie, T. CO2 reduction selective for C≥2 products on polycrystalline copper with N-substituted pyridinium additives. ACS Cent. Sci. 3, 853-859 (2017).
    • 12. Rosen, B. A. et al. Ionic liquid-mediated selective conversion of CO2 to CO at low overpotentials. Science 334, 643-644 (2011).
    • 13. Masel, R. I. & Rosen, B. A. Catalyst mixtures. U.S. Pat. No. 8,956,990 (2015).
    • 14. Masel, R. I. & Rosen, B. A. Electrochemical devices comprising novel catalyst mixtures. U.S. Pat. No. 9,464,359 (2016).
    • 15. Masel, R. I. & Rosen, B. A. Catalyst mixtures. U.S. Pat. No. 9,566,574 (2017).
    • 16. Barton Cole, E. et al. Using a one-electron shuttle for the multielectron reduction of CO2 to methanol: kinetic, mechanistic, and structural insights. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 132, 11539-11551 (2010).
    • 17. Dinh, C.-T. et al. CO2 electroreduction to ethylene via hydroxide-mediated copper catalysis at an abrupt interface. Science 360, 783-787 (2018).
    • 18. Li, J. et al. Efficient electrocatalytic CO2 reduction on a three-phase interface. Nat. Catal. 1, 592-600 (2018).
    • 19. Ma, S. et al. One-step electrosynthesis of ethylene and ethanol from CO2 in an alkaline electrolyzer. J. Power Sources 301, 219-228 (2016).
    • 20. Jouny, M., Luc, W. W. & Jiao, F. General techno-economic analysis of CO2 electrolysis systems. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 57, 2165-2177 (2018).
    • 21. Sheppard, N. & Nguyen, T. T. in Advances in Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy Vol. 5 (eds Hawes Clark, R. J. & Hester, R. E.) 67 (Heyden, 1978).
    • 22. Gunathunge, C. M. et al. Spectroscopic observation of reversible surface reconstruction of copper electrodes under CO2 reduction. J. Phys. Chem. C 121, 12337-12344 (2017).
    • 23. Heyes, J., Dunwell, M. & Xu, B. CO2 reduction on Cu at low overpotentials with surface-enhanced in situ spectroscopy. J. Phys. Chem. C 120, 17334-17341 (2016).
    • 24. Akemann, W. & Otto, A. Vibrational modes of CO adsorbed on disordered copper films. J. Raman Spectrosc. 22, 797-803 (1991).
    • 25. Xiao, H., Goddard, W. A., Cheng, T. & Liu, Y. Cu metal embedded in oxidized matrix catalyst to promote CO2 activation and CO dimerization for electrochemical reduction of CO2 . Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 114, 6685-6688 (2017).
    • 26. Cole, E. B., Sivasankar, N., Parajuli, R. & Keets, K. A. Reducing carbon dioxide to products. U.S. Pat. No. 8,845,878 (2014).
    Example 2B: Supplementary Information for Molecular Tuning of CO2-to-Ethylene Conversion
  • Methods
  • Molecule Synthesis.
  • All solvents and reagents were obtained from commercial sources (Aldrich and Merck) and used as received, unless stated otherwise. D2O (D 99.5%), d-chloroform (D 99.8%) and d6-DMSO (D 99.8%) were purchased from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories. The 1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker 400 MHz instrument with a prodigy broadband cryoprobe. Shifts were reported relative to the residual solvent peak.
  • The 1H and 13C NMR spectra of all the reported salts and their corresponding precursors were in agreement with the reported literature1-4. Molecules 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 are new and were fully characterized by multinuclear NMR spectroscopy. All the salts were recrystallized at least one time from MeOH/Ether (1:5) prior to use for electrochemical experiments.
  • In a typical procedure for the synthesis of aryl-pyridinium chloride salts1,2, Zincke salt [1-(2,4-dinitrophenyl)-pyridinium chloride] (2.0 mmol, 1 equiv.), para-substituted aniline (4.0 mmol, 2 equiv.), were dissolved in EtOH/H2O (60/40, 10 mL) and charged into a microwave vial (40 mL) equipped with a magnetic stir bar. The vial was sealed, and the reaction was performed under microwaves at 130° C. for 35 min. After reaction, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The red solid was purified by flush column chromatography (silica; MeCN to MeOH). Yield: 0.35 g (62%).
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00007
  • As shown in Scheme 1, in a typical procedure for the synthesis of aryliodonium triflate salts5 for R1═H or Me, the para-iodoaryl precursor (10 g, 1 equiv.), the corresponding arene (R═H: benzene; R=Me: toluene, 1.1 equiv.) and m-CPBA (70% active oxidant, 1.1 equiv.) were dissolved in DCM (100 mL) in a round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar. TfOH (2.1 equiv.) was added dropwise at 0° C. yielding a yellow solution. A precipitate was formed upon stirring the reaction for 4 h, at 25° C. The precipitate was filtered off and ether was added to the filtrate. The desired product crashed out as a white powder from the solution and was collected by filtration. The white powder was washed with ether (5×20 mL) and dried under vacuum. Yield: R═H, 76% (16 g, 37 mmol); R=Me, 85% (18 g, 40 mmol).
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00008
  • As shown in Scheme 2, in a typical procedure for the synthesis of aryl-pyridinium triflate salts2, para-substituted diaryliodonium triflate salt (2 g, 1 equiv.), Cu(stearate)2 and para-substituted pyridine were suspended in PhCl under N2 in a flame dried round bottom flask charged with a magnetic stir bar. The mixture was heated at 110° C. for 16 h. The solution was cooled down to ambient temperature before the addition of diethylether (10 mL). The precipitate formed was isolated by filtration and was washed with diethylether (3×5 mL), acetone (3×5 mL). The final product was finally dried under vacuum. Yield: ˜85%.
  • Molecule 7: 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ(ppm) 9.05 (d, 2JH-H=7.2 Hz, 2H), 8.06 (d, 2JH-H=7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (d, 2JH-H=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, 2JH-H=8.3 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). 13C{1H} NMR (101 MHz, DMSO) δ(ppm): 160.6 (s), 143.7 (s), 141.6 (s), 140.5 (s), 130.1 (s), 128.8 (s), 124.4 (s), 21.9 (s), 21.0 (s).
  • Molecule 8: 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ(ppm): 9.55 (d, 2JH-H=7.7 Hz, 2H), 8.70 (d, 2JH-H=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, 2JH-H=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, 2JH-H=8.7 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H). 13C{1H} NMR (101 MHz, D2O) δ(ppm): 147.3 (s), 143.7 (q, 3JC-F=36.7 Hz), 142.8 (s), 140.5 (s), 131.0 (s), 125.5 (s), 124.8 (s), 120.4 (q, 1JC-F=107.7 Hz), 21.0 (s).
  • Molecule 9: 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ(ppm): 8.87 (d, 2JH-H=6.3 Hz, 2H), 8.18 (d, 2JH-H=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (q, 2JH-H=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H). 13C{1H} NMR (101 MHz, D2O) δ(ppm): 172.4 (s), 143.1 (s), 142.2 (s), 139.9 (s), 130.8 (s), 125.2 (s), 123.5 (s), 36.1 (s), 29.0 (s), 20.2 (s).
  • Molecule 10: 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ(ppm): 8.98 (d, 2JH-H=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (d, 2JH-H=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, 2JH-H=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2JH-H=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). 13C{1H} NMR (101 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ(ppm): 171.7 (s), 146.1 (s), 141.1 (s), 140.1 (s), 130.9 (s), 124.3 (s), 113.8 (s), 58.7 (s), 20.9 (s).
  • Molecule 11: 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ(ppm): 8.13 (d, 2JH-H=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (q, 2JH-H=6.4 Hz, 4H), 6.94 (d, 2JH-H=8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (s, 6H), 2.37 (s, 3H). 13C{1H} NMR (101 MHz, D2O) δ(ppm): 156.3 (s), 140.5 (s), 140.1 (s), 139.5 (s), 130.5 (s), 122.6 (s), 107.6 (s), 39.5 (s), 20.0 (s).
  • N,N′-(1,4-phenylene)bispyridinium (12) was synthesized from slightly modified literature procedures (Scheme 3)4:
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00009
  • Iodosobenzene (5 g, 23 mmol, 1 equiv.) was suspended in DCM (50 mL) in a round bottom flask charged with a magnetic stir bar. TfOH (4 mL, 46 mmol, 2 equiv.) was added dropwise yielding an orange solution. After 4 h of stirring at 25° C., benzene (2 mL, 23 mmol, 1 equiv.) was added. The reaction was stirred for 2 h during which a precipitate was formed. The precipitate was collected by filtration to give a sticky solid. The product was rinsed abundantly with DCM (5×20 mL) and diethylether (3×10 mL) to afford a white solid which was dried under vacuum. Yield: 34% (6.4 g, 8.14 mmol).
  • (Para-phenylene)bis(aryliodonium) ditriflate (6 g, 8 mmol, 1 equiv.), and Cu(stearate)2 (150 mg, 0.24 mmol, 0.03 equiv.) were dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (25 mL) in a flame dried round bottom flask charged with a magnetic stir bar under N2. The brown solution was heated to reflux for 16 h during which a precipitate was formed. The precipitate was isolated by filtration after cooling down the reaction to ambient temperature. The product was washed with ether (3×5 mL) to afford a white solid and dried under vacuum. Yield: 37% (1.6 g, 3 mmol). Spectroscopic characterization was in agreement with the reported data4.
  • Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00010
  • As shown in Scheme 4, in a typical procedure for the synthesis of 1,1′-ditolyl-2.2′-dihydro-4.4′-diphenyl-2.2′-bipyridine (14), a solution of bis(cyclopentadienyl)cobalt(II) (107.4 mg, 0.57 mmol) in CH3CN (3 mL) was added to a solution of compound 1-(p-Me)C6H4-4-phenylpyridinium chloride (13, 80 mg, 0.28 mmol) in CH3CN (2 mL), in a nitrogen glovebox. The homogenous mixture was stirred for 30 min whereafter the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield a dark blue solid. The solid was washed with dimethoxyethane (5×5 mL) and the yellow crude product (70 mg) was extracted with CH2C12. Single crystals amenable to X-ray diffraction studies can be grown from diffusion of Et2O into a CH2Cl2 solution. Yield. 35 mg (51%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD2Cl2, 25° C.): δ=2.24 (s, 6H), 5.20 (m, 2H), 5.54 (m, 1H), 5.66 (m, 2H), 5.89 (t, 2H), 6.66 (d, 2H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 6.98 (m, 7H), 7.27-7.40 (m, 6H), 7.53 (d, 3H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD2Cl2) δ 144.26, 144.16, 139.82, 139.75, 136.44, 136.12, 131.39, 131.31, 130.68, 130.34, 129.96, 129.82, 128.80, 128.64, 127.79, 127.64, 126.47, 126.38, 117.48, 117.16, 111.93, 109.71, 105.21, 104.81, 56.98, 56.37, 20.58. HRMS (TOF-MS): calcd. for C36H31N2: 491.2465 [M-H]+; found: 491.2487.
  • Bader charge analysis and density functional theory calculations. The Bader charge was calculated using the Bader Charge Analysis script written by Henkelman and co-workers6. All the DFT calculations in this work were carried out with a periodic slab model using the Vienna ab initio simulation program (VASP)7-16. The generalized gradient approximation (GGA) was used with the Perdew-Burke-Ernzerhof (PBE) exchange-correlation functional11. The projector-augmented wave (PAW) method12,13 was utilized to describe the electron-ion interactions, and the cut-off energy for the plane-wave basis set was 450 eV. The D3 correction method by Grimme et al14 was employed to illustrate the long-range dispersion interactions between the organic molecule, water, and Cu surface. Brillouin zone integration was accomplished using 1×1×1 and 2×2×1 Monkhorst-Pack k-point mesh for organic molecule only and systems with surfaces.
  • All the adsorption geometries were optimized using a force-based conjugate gradient algorithm. For the modelling of Cu, the crystal structure was optimized, and the equilibrium lattice constants were found to be aCu=3.631 Å. For Cu(111), a 4-layer p(6×6) super cell model with 2 upper layers relaxed and 2 lower layers fixed was used. 15 Å vacuum layer was added to all the slab models. The organic molecules are all calculated in 20 Å×20 Å×20 Å unit cell to avoid the interaction between the nearby molecules. The reaction mechanism proposed by Goddard and co-workers15 was used to calculate the entire reaction pathway from CO2 to C2H4. One charged water layer was put on the surface to consider the solvent effect.
  • Materials characterization. Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) was performed using a Hitachi S-5200. Atomic force microscopy (AFM) measurements were conducted with an Asylum Research Cypher operating in tapping mode. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) measurements were carried out on PHI 5700 ESCA System using Al Kα X-ray radiation (1486.6 eV) for excitation. The powder X-ray diffraction patterns were recorded on Bruker D8 using Cu-Kα radiation (λ=0.15406 nm). Operando hard X-ray absorption spectroscopy (hXAS) measurements were performed at the 9BM beam line of the Advanced Photon Source Advanced Photon Source (APS) located in the Argonne National Laboratory (Lemont, Ill.). The X-band (9.88 GHz) continuous-wave (CW) electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectra were recorded on a Bruker (Billerica, Mass.) EleXsys E500 spectrometer which is equipped with a super-high Q resonator (ER4122SHQE). In situ Raman measurements were carried out using a Renishaw inVia Raman Microscope in a modified liquid-electrolyte flow cell and a water immersion objective (63×) with a 785 nm laser, using a 5 s integration and averaging 20 scans per region. The spectra were recorded and processed using the Renishaw WiRE (version 4.4) software. A Ag/AgCl electrode was used as the reference electrode and a Pt wire was used as the counter electrode in all measurements. A graphite rod and 1 M KHCO3 prepared by bubbling CO2 to 0.5 M K2CO3 (99.99%) solution were additionally utilized to rule out the possible influence of electrodeposited metals from either Pt electrode or residual metals in KHCO3 16.
  • Electrode Preparation.
  • The polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) electrode was prepared by sputtering 300 nm Cu onto a piece of PTFE membrane (pore size of 450 nm, with polypropylene support on backside) using a pure Cu target (99.99%) at a sputtering rate of 1 Å s−1. The tetrahydro-bipyridine film was electrodeposited onto the PTFE electrode in 0.1 M KHCO3 solution containing 10 mM corresponding additive in a three-electrode setup with PTFE electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode (3 M KCl) and Pt foil being working, reference and counter electrodes, respectively. A constant current of 0.75 mA cm−2 was applied on the PTFE electrode (˜2×2 cm2 for liquid-electrolyte flow cell, ˜3×3 cm2 for MEA) by an Autolab PGSTAT204 (Metrohm-Autolab) for 120 s (the optimum duration. For molecule 12, 60 s). The additives dimerized through the reactions in FIG. 1A for 1-11 and in FIG. 3A for 12 in the main text. After electrodeposition, the electrode was rinsed with DI water, dried by a flow of N2, and kept in dry environment for further use. For AFM measurement, the additive was electrodeposited on a silicon wafer ((100), 0.001-0.005 ohm cm−1, University Wafer) using the same protocol. In the cases that Cu foil or Cu wire (diameter: 0.202 mm) were used, the additive was electrodeposited using the same protocol. The Cu foil electrodes were electro-polished by applying a constant voltage of +3 V (vs. Cu foil) for 900 seconds in concentrated H3PO4 and rinsed with Milli-Q water prior to use.
  • CO2RR and Product Analysis.
  • The CO2RR measurements were conducted in a gas-tight liquid-electrolyte flow cell or an MEA. The liquid-electrolyte flow cell consists of three compartments: gas chamber, catholyte chamber, and anolyte chamber. The PTFE electrode (with tetrahydro-bipyridine film functionalization) was sandwiched between CO2 gas chamber and catholyte chamber with an exposure area of 1 cm2. Catholyte and anolyte chambers were separated by an anion-exchange membrane (Fumapem FAA-3-PK-130). An Autolab PGSTAT204 in a potentiostatic mode was used as electrochemical workstation. The PTFE electrode, Ag/AgCl electrode (3 M KCl), and Ni foam (geometric area ˜2 cm2) were employed as working, reference and counter electrodes, respectively. The applied potentials were converted to the reversible hydrogen electrode (RHE) scale with iR correction through the following equation:

  • ERNE=Evs Ag/AgCl+0.059×pH+0.210+iR
  • where i is the current at each applied potential and R (10.4 ohm) is the equivalent series resistance measured via electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) in the frequency range of 105-0.1 Hz with an amplitude of 10 mV.
  • Aqueous KHCO3 electrolyte (1 M, saturated with CO2) was used as both catholyte and anolyte and was circulated through the flow cell using peristaltic pumps with a silicone Shore A50 tubing. The electrolyte was bubbled with CO2 during the entire electrolysis process. The electrolyte flow rate was kept at 10 mL min−1. The flow rate of the CO2 gas flowing into the gas chamber was kept at 50 standard cubic centimeters per minute (sccm) by a digital gas flow controller.
  • The MEA is a complete 5 cm2 CO2 electrolyzer (Dioxide Materials) which includes a titanium anode flow field, 904 L Stainless Steel cathode flow field and associated nuts, bolts and insulating kit. The PTFE electrode was attached on the cathode by copper tape at the edge of the electrode to electrically connect it with the cathode. The Cu side of the PTFE electrode faced outside. The copper tape was protected by Kapton tapes to avoid electrical contact with membranes or electrolytes. A Sustainion® membrane (Dioxide Materials) was activated in 1 M aqueous KOH solution for 24 hours, washed with water and used as the anion-exchange membrane. The anode consisted of iridium oxide supported on titanium mesh (IrOx/Ti mesh) was prepared by a dip coating and thermal decomposition method17. A Ti mesh was dip coated into an isopropanol solution containing (10%, v/v) concentrated HCl and IrCl3.xH2O (3 mg mL−1), dried at 100° C. for 10 minutes and calcinated at 500° C. for 10 minutes in air. The procedure was repeated for a few times to increase the loading of iridium. The MEA was assembled in a way as illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C. An Autolab PGSTAT204 in a potentiostatic mode with a current booster (10 A) was used as electrochemical workstation to apply voltage to the cathode and anode. No iR compensation was applied. Aqueous KHCO3 electrolyte (0.1 M) was used as the anolyte and was circulated using a peristaltic pump with a robust soft PVC tubing (McMaster-Carr, 5231k134). The electrolyte flow rate was kept at 10 mL min−1. The flow rate of the CO2 gas flowing into the gas chamber was kept at 80 sccm by a digital gas flow controller. CO2 was then flowed through a humidifier (⅞ full of Milli-Q water, room temperature) prior to the MEA. The full-cell voltage was gradually increased from 3 V to 3.65 V and then kept constant over the electrolysis course.
  • The gaseous products were analyzed by gas chromatography (PerkinElmer Clarus 600) equipped with a thermal conductivity detector (TCD) and a flame ionization detector (FID). High purity Argon (99.99%) was used as the carrier. Liquid products were quantified by 1H NMR spectroscopy (600 MHz Agilent DD2 NMR Spectrometer) using dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) as the internal standard.
  • Local Species Concentration Modelling.
  • The local concentrations of CO2,aq, CO3 2−, HCO3 −, and OH− in an electrolyte solution under CO2RR conditions were modelled in COMSOL 5.3a (COMSOL Multiphysics, Stockholm, Sweden) using the Transport of Dilute Species physics in a one-dimensional domain. This model is based on previous paper18 and accounts for CO2,aq, CO3 2−, HCO3 −, and OH− evolution as CO2,aq is reduced via electrocatalysis in either K2CO3 or KHCO3. A time-dependent study is performed to simulate species evolution away from the interface. At the left boundary, the gas-catalyst-electrolyte interface, the CO2,aq concentration is specified according to Henry's Law and the Sechenov effect, with zero flux imposed for CO3 2−, HCO3 −, and OH−. The right boundary concentrations are fixed at the bulk values for the given electrolyte. To model CO2RR, a 300 nm catalyst layer is imposed over which the CO2,aq is reduced and OH− is produced according to the reactions:
  • R C O 2 = [ CO 2 ] a q [ CO 2 ] a q , 0 j F ϵ L c a t ∑ FE CO 2 R R ne CO 2 R R R O H = j F ϵ L c a t
  • where [CO2]aq,0 is the equilibrium saturation CO2,aq concentration in the bulk electrolyte, j is the current density applied, F is Faraday's constant, E is the catalyst porosity (0.6), and Lcat is the size of the catalyst layer, FECO 2 RR is the Faradaic efficiency of a given product of CO2 reduction (based on experimental observations), and neCO 2 RR are the number of electrons required for the reduction reaction. The diffusion-reaction equations are found in the previous works18,19 with diffusion constants of DCO 2 =1.91·10−9 m2s−1, DOH − =5.27·10−9 m2s−1, DHCO 3 − =1.19·10−9 m2s−1, and DCO 3 2− =0.923·10−9 m2s−1(ref20).
  • XAS Fitting.
  • An IFEFFIT package was used to analyze the hXAS spectra21,22. Standard data-processing including energy calibration and spectral normalization of the raw spectra was performed using Athena software. To extract the Cu bonding information, a Fourier transform was applied to convert the hXAS spectra from an energy space to a radial distance space. Then, a standard fitting analysis of the first shell between 1.6 and 3.0 Å was carried out using Artemis software. The phase and amplitude functions of Cu—Cu was calculated with FEFF; S0/σ2 values of 0.89/0.00825 for Cu was determined from Cu foil, which was then applied to the Cu hXAS fitting.
    • Example 2B Note 1. Quantification of the Para,Para:Ortho,Ortho Ratios of the Organic N-Aryl-Substituted Tetrahydro-Bipyridines
  • An example of a para,para-coupled tetrahydro-bipyridine has been reported and spetroscopically characterized previously1. For the additives used in this study, coupling in both ortho and para positions is possible, potentially resulting in multiple constitutional isomers and stereoisomers. To firmly establish that an ortho,ortho-coupling mechanism is possible during the dimerization of the pyridinium additives, a chemical reduction experiment of a para-substituted pyridinium model compound (13) was carried out. Since the para position of such an additive is blocked by a phenyl group, a preferential ortho,ortho-coupled tetrahydro-bipyridine (14) was formed, as confirmed by a single-crystal X-ray diffraction study (FIG. 7). The resulting 1H NMR spectrum (FIGS. 8A-8B) is expectedly complicated due to the generation of a mixture of stereoisomers.
  • The 1H NMR spectra (FIGS. 9A-9M) of the film deposited from 1-11 at the surface of a Cu foil electrode suggest that all the films are principally made of two components, with the spectra being complicated by the presence of constitutional isomers and stereoisomers resulting from ortho,ortho-coupling, ortho,para-coupling, and minor organic byproducts. In most cases, the major component corresponds to the para,para-coupled product, with the minor component to the ortho,ortho-coupled product (labeled in blue or in grey with a *, respectively). The percentage of para,para-tetrahydro-bipyridine in the mixture could be quantified in most cases from the specific multiplicity of the resonances between 6 and 6.5 ppm (doublet vs. doublet of triplets, respectively). In both cases these protons have been assigned to the ortho-pyridinium ring, corresponding to two and one proton, respectively. The percentage was quantified from the following equation:
  • Percentage para = integral ( doublet / 2 ) integral ( doublet of trip1e ) + integral ( doublet / 2 ) × 1 0 0 %
  • In some cases, some remaining unreacted pyridinium additive precursor are also present in the 1H NMR spectra and are labeled in grey (without a *). This is most likely because the film was not rinsed with sufficient water prior extraction. The 1H NMR spectra of the organic films from additives 2, 7, 9 and 10 could not be assigned due to the complexity of the spectra and the low amount of precipitate collected on the Cu electrode, and therefore the ratio could not be determined. The percentage was summarized below:
  • percentage para, para isomer in
    Molecule tetrahydro-bipyridines
    1  85%
    3  55%
    4  73%
    5 100%
    6  61%
    8 100%
    11 100%
    • Example 2B Note 2|Influence of the N-Aryl-Substituted Tetrahydro-Bipyridines on Cu Electrodes
  • As seen in the SEM images (FIGS. 11A-11B), the modification of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from 1 did not change the morphology of Cu. The thickness of the as-formed film is about 10 nm (FIGS. 11C-11D). The modification also did not change the crystallinity of Cu substrate based on XRD characterization (FIG. 11E). Contact angle measurement on each tetrahydro-bipyridine-functionalized Cu electrode showed that the modification did not significantly affect the wettability of Cu surface. Further, no trend for the wettability of the electrode surface and ethylene selectivity (FIG. 11F) was found.
  • The influence of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine film on the local environment near the active Cu surface and transport properties of reactants and ions were further studied. The linear sweep voltammetry (LSV) curves of Cu and Cu-1 showed no difference at the normal hydrogen electrode (NHE) scale under either N2 (FIG. 12A) or CO2 (FIG. 12B) atmospheres. This indicates that the local pH near the Cu surface is similar in cases with or without the modification of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines, i.e., the as-formed films does not create a highly alkaline environment near the active Cu surface, since the water reduction reaction is pH-dependent at the NHE scale. This also indicates that the transport of water and CO2 is not limited because a mass-transport limited current was not seen.
  • To further explore the transport of water through the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridine film, Cu-1 was electro-oxidized with 18O labeled water (H2 18O) or unlabeled water (H2 18O) via the following equation:

  • 2Cu+H2O→Cu2O+2e −+2H+
  • The Raman spectrum shows a red shift on the as-formed Cu2 18O sample compared to that on the Cu2 16O sample (FIG. 12C), in agreement with the previous report23. This result confirms that water can penetrate the molecular coating layer to reach the Cu surface.
  • OH− adsorption was used to study whether the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines affect the exposed crystal facets of Cu surface, where the CO2RR takes place (FIG. 12D). Three peaks were identified to associate with the OH− adsorption on Cu(100), Cu(110) and Cu(111)24. Their ratios on bare Cu and Cu-1 were quantified by integrating the charges of each peak. The values are 69:1.7:29 and 65:1.5:34, respectively. The similar ratios indicate that the deposited molecular layers do not change or selectively cover crystal orientations on Cu surfaces. Moreover, the OH− adsorption peaks on Cu and Cu-1 are at the same position, further confirming that pH near the Cu surface is the same with or without the modification of the tetrahydro-bipyridine dimerized from 1 because the OH− adsorption behavior is local pH-dependent25.
  • To study a possible interaction between the terminal amine moieties in tetrahydro-bipyridines formed from 5, 6, and 11 with CO2, we synthesized the corresponding dimeric species of the additives and they were exposed to isotopic labeled 13CO2. Since additives 6 and 11 contain a more nucleophilic nitrogen atom (tertiary amine) compared to 5 (primary), we decided to investigate the reactivity of these two additives. Examination of the 13C NMR spectra of the reaction mixture after exposure with 13CO2 (FIGS. 13-14) rule out any involvement of the terminal amine moieties in the activation of CO2 to form any carbamate species26 (spectra do not show any intense resonances in the region of 160-180 ppm). This result suggests that these terminal amines do not interact with CO2 molecules, which may affect the diffusion properties of CO2 or provide additional binding sites for CO2 or intermediates in the CO2RR27. The result also suggests that it is safe to keep additive 5, 6 and 11 in the Bader charge analysis and the correlation in FIGS. 1A-1C in the main text is retained.
    • Example 2B Note 3. In Situ Raman Spectroscopic Measurements
  • Raman spectroscopy is able to identify species on a substrate with ultra-high sensitivity due to surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS)29,30. The SERS spectra were recorded at a range of applied potentials from the open circuit potential (OCP) to −0.75 V (FIG. 18). Three regions of interest were identified as relevant to surface adsorbed CO (*CO), the coupling of which has been considered a critical step in CO2RR to C≥2 products31-33. The bands at 280 and 365 cm−1 are associated with the frustrated rotational mode of CO and the Cu—CO stretch, respectively34. The asymmetric region at the range of 1900-2120 cm−1 is attributed to the C≡O stretch of *CO34,35. This band is sensitive to the coordination of the *CO on the metal surface35-37, which, in turn, may affect the activity and selectivity of the CO2RR.
  • The in situ Raman spectra at the same applied potential, −0.72 V, on tetrahydro-bipyridine-modified Cu and pure Cu electrodes (FIGS. 19A-19M) was analyzed to assess the potential correlation among CO2RR selectivity, CO adsorption and the electron donating properties of the N-aryl-substituted tetrahydro-bipyridines. The C≡O stretch band was deconvolved into two bands: atop bound CO (COatop, >2000 cm−1, peak at ˜2071 cm−1) and bridge bound CO (CObridge, 1900-2000 cm−1, peak at ˜1990 cm−1)35. In atop, CO binds one Cu atom; in bridge, it binds two. The integrated areas of each band, which are proportional to the corresponding *CO coverage36 was calculated to compare the relative population of these two kinds of Cu-bound CO.
    • Example 2B Note 4. CO2RR in MEA
  • The MEA device and associated chemical reactions are illustrated in FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C. A PTFE electrode with N-aryl-dihydropyridine-based oligomer modified Cu (Cu-12) and IrOx/Ti mesh electrode were used as cathode and anode, respectively. A Sustainion® membrane was used as anion exchange membrane (AEM). The geometric area of flow field in cathode was 5 cm2, of which 45% is gas channel while the rest 55% is land area (FIGS. 31 and 32A-32C). 0.1 M aqueous KHCO3 was flowed through anode side as anolyte and recycled during the electrolysis course. Neutral media are advantageous in terms of CO2 utilization compared to alkaline media: if alkaline electrolyte is recycled during CO2RR, it becomes bicarbonate eventually, due to its reaction with excess CO2; if a single pass scheme is adopted, CO2 is continuously consumed by alkali. In both cases, the consumed CO2 is not easily recoverable.
  • Electrolysis in MEA at a range of full-cell voltages was carried out using Cu and Cu-12 as cathodes, respectively (FIGS. 33A-33C). Similar to results in liquid-electrolyte flow cell, the functionalization of the oligomer improves the selectivity toward ethylene and this improvement comes from the decrease of FE toward CO.
  • The long-term stability measurement was carried at a full-cell voltage of 3.65 V. During the course of 190 hours, the current remained at ˜600 mA and the average FE for ethylene was ˜64%. The FEs of hydrogen and CO remain low. The pH of anolyte dropped from its initial value of 8.45 to around 7 after 20 hours, and remained at close to 7 over the whole electrolysis course (FIG. 34).
  • Several reactions take place during CO2RR. At the cathode, CO2 is reduced to ethylene via

  • 2CO2+8H2O+12e −→C2H4+12OH−
  • The locally generated OH− reacts with excess CO2 via

  • CO2+OH−→HCO3 −

  • CO2+2OH−→CO3 2−+H2O
  • The generated anions transport through the AEM to anolyte. At the anode, OER takes place via

  • 2H2O→O2+4H++4e −
  • The locally generated H+ will react with HCO3 − and CO3 2− to form CO2 via

  • H++HCO3 −→CO2+H2O

  • 2H++CO3 2−→CO2+H2O
  • On the basis of principles of mass conservation and charge balance, the consumed CO2 at cathode by OH− is shuttled to the anode via HCO3 − and/or CO3 2− and released as CO2 again, along with oxygen evolution, and the concentration of anolyte remains the same. The ratio of CO2 to O2 evolved from anolyte was quantified to be 69:31 by GC.
  • Since a large portion of CO2 at anode was detected, the transport ions should not be OH− only. If the transport ions are bicarbonate, the ratio of CO2 to O2 at the anode side should be close to 4:1, on the basis of principles of mass conservation and charge balance; if the transport ions are carbonate, the ratio should be close to 2:1. According to GC result, the experimental CO2:O2 ratio is closer to 2:1. Therefore, the major species transporting through the membrane is carbonate while the minor species is bicarbonate. Further, the pH at the cathode/membrane interface should be about 12 based on the pKa of carbonate.
  • The dissolved CO2 concentration is calculated to be 22 mM based on Henry law
  • c = p p 0 × c 0
  • where p0 is 1 atm, c0 is the solubility of CO2 in 0.1 M KHCO3 at 1 atm, room temperature (32 mM42) and p is partial pressure of CO2 at anode side (0.69 atm based on GC result).
  • Then, based on the equilibrium of CO2/HCO3 −/CO3 2− (FIG. 35), we could read the pH of the species of CO2:HCO3 − with a ratio of 22:100. The pH is 7.00. This value is very close the experimental result, indicating that our derived chemical relations are able to describe reactions during CO2RR in MEA.
  • We observed a decrease of ethylene FE and, at the same time, an increase of hydrogen FE after 190 hours (FIG. 36). To identify the possible reasons that account for this selectivity change, we characterized the cathode using XRD, XPS, SEM and energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopic (EDS) elemental mapping (FIGS. 37A-37F). The XRD patterns of the post-electrolysis cathode are similar to those of the cathode before electrolysis, indicating that there was not significant crystalline reconstruction on a macro scale. XPS spectrum showed no iridium signal, suggesting that the increase of hydrogen FE was not caused by the deposition of iridium possibly leaching from the anode side. In the SEM image, we did see some fuzzy areas. The coupled EDS elemental analysis and mapping results indicate that these areas are potassium salts, which are likely to be K2CO3 based on above chemical equations and analysis. The formation of such salts is likely to be the reason for the selectivity degradation, which may block the diffusion pathway of CO2 to the catalytic sites, decrease the local availability of CO2, and thus increase competing hydrogen evolution reaction. We note that this is only one of the possible reasons. We also noticed liquid product crossover (FIG. 38). The influence of this crossover issue on the properties of the membrane, such as ion transport and mechanical robustness, and hence the selectivity of CO2RR products and stability of the device, warrants further study for practical applications.
  • TABLE 1
    A summary of faradaic efficiency for all products on Cu-1 to Cu-11 at the
    optimum applied potential using 1M aqueous KHCO3 (saturated with CO2) as
    electrolyte. The data represent one standard deviation based on three
    independent samples.
    Potential
    (V vs Faradaic efficiency (%)
    Electrode RHE) H2 HCOO− CO CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH CH3COO− C3H7OH
    Cu-1 −0.83  7.9 ± 2.5 2.2 ± 0.1  5.3 ± 2.3 0.3 ± 0.0 64.6 ± 1.4 16.7 ± 0.3 3.5 ± 0.1 2.1 ± 0.1
    Cu-2 −0.83 10.1 ± 2.1 2.1 ± 0.1  8.8 ± 1.2 0.5 ± 0.1 57.3 ± 2.7 16.2 ± 0.1 1.9 ± 0.1 1.8 ± 0.1
    Cu-3 −0.83  5.1 ± 1.3 3.3 ± 0.1  6.3 ± 2.0 1.8 ± 0.0 63.1 ± 2.4 17.6 ± 0.4 1.1 ± 0.0 4.7 ± 0.1
    Cu-4 −0.84 10.5 ± 1.0 1.4 ± 0.1  6.3 ± 2.1 0.5 ± 0.1 59.9 ± 2.6 15.6 ± 0.4 1.1 ± 0.1 2.5 ± 0.1
    Cu-5 −0.82 22.2 ± 1.2 3.5 ± 0.1  4.8 ± 3.0 0.4 ± 0.0 50.4 ± 2.5 15.6 ± 0.4 2.8 ± 0.1 2.7 ± 0.1
    Cu-6 −0.83 24.8 ± 2.3 1.6 ± 0.1  3.4 ± 2.3 2.2 ± 0.0 43.9 ± 3.1 18.7 ± 0.4 4.2 ± 0.2 1.1 ± 0.1
    Cu-7 −0.83  7.5 ± 1.5 1.9 ± 0.1 10.1 ± 1.3 0.8 ± 0.0 57.0 ± 2.8 16.2 ± 0.4 2.1 ± 0.1 2.5 ± 0.0
    Cu-8 −0.84 12.6 ± 2.9 1.6 ± 0.2 12.5 ± 2.2 0.7 ± 0.1 55.1 ± 1.4 11.7 ± 0.7 2.0 ± 0.1 2.3 ± 0.1
    Cu-9 −0.83 13.4 ± 2.3 1.5 ± 0.2 12.6 ± 2.4 0.2 ± 0.0 55.2 ± 2.2 12.5 ± 0.5 1.4 ± 0.1 2.8 ± 0.1
    Cu-10 −0.83 22.0 ± 1.6 1.4 ± 0.1  4.6 ± 2.2 1.1 ± 0.1 51.8 ± 1.1 13.6 ± 0.1 1.3 ± 0.1 2.4 ± 0.3
    Cu-11 −0.82 36.7 ± 2.7 3.7 ± 0.2  3.5 ± 2.5 0.3 ± 0.0 37.5 ± 1.3 13.9 ± 0.1 0.9 ± 0.1 4.4 ± 0.1
  • TABLE 2
    The ratio between the intensities of bands for atop CO and bridge CO.
    Two independent sets of samples were measured, and the average
    values were used for figure plotting and data analysis.
    Ratio (atop/bridge)
    Electrode Tray 1 Tray 2 Average
    Cu 0.141 0.130 0.136
    Cu-1 0.487 0.470 0.479
    Cu-2 0.359 0.343 0.351
    Cu-3 0.352 0.364 0.358
    Cu-4 0.435 0.409 0.422
    Cu-5 0.521 0.543 0.532
    Cu-6 0.661 0.673 0.667
    Cu-7 0.257 0.251 0.254
    Cu-8 0.264 0.272 0.268
    Cu-9 0.301 0.289 0.295
    Cu-10 0.553 0.539 0.546
    Cu-11 0.729 0.748 0.739
    Cu-12 0.465 0.471 0.468
  • TABLE 3
    CO adsorption energy by DFT calculations.
    CO adsorption energy (eV)
    CO adsorption site Cu(111) Cu(111)-1
    atop −0.13 −0.69
    hollow (bridge) −0.39 −0.61
  • TABLE 4
    A summary of faradaic efficiency for all products on Cu and Cu-12 using
    1M aqueous KHCO3 as supporting electrolyte. The data represent one standard
    deviation based on three independent samples.
    Potential Faradaic efficiency (%)
    Electrode (V vs RHE) H2 HCOO− CO CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH CH3COO− C3H7OH
    Cu −0.49 45.5 ± 1.8 n.m. 27.1 ± 1.5 0.2 ± 0.0  0.0 ± 0.0 n.m. n.m. n.m.
    −0.62 30.9 ± 1.4 n.m. 41.3 ± 1.1 0.1 ± 0.0  0.6 ± 0.1 n.m. n.m. n.m.
    −0.72 18.4 ± 1.3 n.m. 52.7 ± 1.4 0.1 ± 0.0  2.3 ± 2.2 n.m. n.m. n.m.
    −0.75 15.3 ± 1.6 9.0 ± 0.3 60.3 ± 2.5 0.0 ± 0.0 13.2 ± 2.6  1.9 ± 0.1 0.3 ± 0.0 1.0 ± 0.0
    −0.78 10.9 ± 2.2 7.1 ± 0.2 55.6 ± 1.6 0.1 ± 0.0 16.9 ± 1.5  2.6 ± 0.1 0.2 ± 0.0 2.7 ± 0.0
    −0.80  9.4 ± 1.5 4.4 ± 0.4 51.9 ± 1.7 0.1 ± 0.0 23.5 ± 1.3  5.9 ± 0.1 0.4 ± 0.0 3.4 ± 0.2
    −0.82  6.6 ± 2.3 4.7 ± 0.4 46.5 ± 2.6 0.1 ± 0.0 27.9 ± 2.6  6.9 ± 0.1 0.4 ± 0.0 3.5 ± 0.1
    −0.83  4.9 ± 2.8 3.7 ± 0.1 35.0 ± 1.6 0.1 ± 0.0 37.1 ± 1.1 10.5 ± 0.5 0.8 ± 0.0 4.5 ± 0.1
    −0.84  5.5 ± 1.5 3.1 ± 0.1 24.7 ± 1.2 0.1 ± 0.0 43.9 ± 1.6 15.5 ± 0.3 1.2 ± 0.0 3.9 ± 0.0
    −0.87 12.7 ± 2.0 3.0 ± 0.2 24.7 ± 2.1 0.1 ± 0.0 41.2 ± 1.6 10.4 ± 0.2 1.1 ± 0.0 3.8 ± 0.1
    Cu-12 −0.49 69.1 ± 3.0 n.m. 14.6 ± 1.7 0.1 ± 0.0  0.6 ± 0.0 n.m. n.m. n.m.
    −0.62 51.3 ± 5.5 n.m. 35.2 ± 1.3 0.1 ± 0.0  4.2 ± 0.8 n.m. n.m. n.m.
    −0.72 18.8 ± 2.6 n.m. 43.8 ± 1.2 0.1 ± 0.0 20.0 ± 1.7 n.m. n.m. n.m.
    −0.75   14 ± 2.7 7.8 ± 0.4 30.8 ± 2.9 0.2 ± 0.0 36.7 ± 2.1  6.5 ± 0.3 0.3 ± 0   3.4 ± 0.1
    −0.78 11.3 ± 1.0 6.2 ± 0.1 20.2 ± 2.3 0.3 ± 0.0 49.6 ± 2.8  8.6 ± 0.2 0.9 ± 0  3.8 ± 0.2
    −0.80  9.7 ± 1.8 4.1 ± 0.1 12.2 ± 1.7 0.5 ± 0.0 62.7 ± 2.3  9.1 ± 0.1 1.0 ± 0.1 2.6 ± 0.2
    −0.82  8.0 ± 2.3 3.7 ± 0.1  6.7 ± 2.4 0.4 ± 0.0 68.4 ± 2.6  9.6 ± 0.1 1.3 ± 0.0 3.9 ± 0.1
    −0.83  6.6 ± 2.3 1.2 ± 0.1  4.5 ± 2.4 0.5 ± 0.0 71.5 ± 2.1 10.5 ± 0.4 1.5 ± 0.1 2.1 ± 0.0
    −0.84 11.1 ± 2.6 1.2 ± 0.1  3.7 ± 1.2 0.6 ± 0.0 66.5 ± 1.7 12.1 ± 0.4 1.7 ± 0.0 2.2 ± 0.2
    n.m. not measured
  • TABLE 5
    Comparision of CO2RR to C2H4 performance with state-
    of-the-art catalysts in neural media.
    FEC2H4 E (V vs jC2H4
    Catalyst Electrolyte (%) RHE) (mA cm−2) Ref.
    Cu-12   1M KHCO 3 72 −0.83 232 This
    Cu   1M KHCO 3 44 −0.84 160 work
    Plasma- 0.1M KHCO 3 60a −0.9 7.2 44
    activated Cu
    Boron-doped Cu 0.1M KCl 52 −1.1 36 45
    Cu-1, H-cell 0.1M KHCO3 41 −1.1 0.4 1
    Anodized Cu 0.1M KHCO 3 38 −1.08 7.3 46
    Mesoporous Cu 0.1M KHCO 3 38 −1.3 7.2 47
    Electro- 0.1M KHCO 3 36 −1.2 161 48
    redeposited Cu
    a‘Faradaic selectivity’ (amount of specific product/amount of total detected products) instead of FE was reported, which overestimates the FE for ethylene.
    • References Associated with Example 2B
    • 1. Han, Z., Kortlever, R., Chen, H. Y., Peters, J. C. & Agapie, T. CO2 reduction selective for C≥2 products on polycrystalline copper with N-substituted pyridinium additives. ACS Cent. Sci. 3, 853-859 (2017).
    • 2. Ge, Q., Hu, Y., Li, B. & Wang, B. Synthesis of conjugated polycyclic quinoliniums by rhodium(III)-catalyzed multiple C—H activation and annulation of arylpyridiniums with alkynes. Org. Left. 18, 2483-2486 (2016).
    • 3. Zhao, S., Xu, X., Zheng, L. & Liu, H. An efficient ultrasonic-assisted synthesis of imidazolium and pyridinium salts based on the Zincke reaction. Ultrason. Sonochem. 17, 685-689 (2010).
    • 4. Kitamura, T., Furuki, R., Nagata, K., Taniguchi, H. & Stang, P. J. Preparation of (p-phenylene)bis(aryliodonium) ditriflates and their double substitution by some nucleophiles. J. Org. Chem. 57, 6810-6814 (1992).
    • 5. Bielawski, M., Zhu, M. & Olofsson, B. Efficient and general one-pot synthesis of diaryliodonium triflates: Optimization, scope and limitations. Adv. Synth. Catal. 349, 2610-2618 (2007).
    • 6. Henkelman, G., Arnaldsson, A. & Jónsson, H. A fast and robust algorithm for Bader decomposition of charge density. Comput. Mater. Sci. 36, 354-360 (2006).
    • 7. Kresse, G. & Furthmüller, J. Efficient iterative schemes for ab initio total-energy calculations using a plane-wave basis set. Phys. Rev. B 54, 11169-11186 (1996).
    • 8. Kresse, G. & Furthmüller, J. Efficiency of ab-initio total energy calculations for metals and semiconductors using a plane-wave basis set. Comput. Mater. Sci. 6, 15-50 (1996).
    • 9. Kresse, G. & Hafner, J. Ab initio molecular-dynamics simulation of the liquid-metal-amorphous-semiconductor transition in germanium. Phys. Rev. B 49, 14251-14269 (1994).
    • 10. Kresse, G. & Hafner, J. Ab initio molecular dynamics for liquid metals. Phys. Rev. B 47, 558-561 (1993).
    • 11. Perdew, J. P., Burke, K. & Ernzerhof, M. Generalized gradient approximation made simple. Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 3865-3868 (1996).
    • 12. Kresse, G. & Joubert, D. From ultrasoft pseudopotentials to the projector augmented-wave method. Phys. Rev. B 59, 1758-1775 (1999).
    • 13. Blöchl, P. E. Projector augmented-wave method. Phys. Rev. B 50, 17953-17979 (1994).
    • 14. Grimme, S., Antony, J., Ehrlich, S. & Krieg, H. A consistent and accurate ab initio parametrization of density functional dispersion correction (DFT-D) for the 94 elements H-Pu. J. Chem. Phys. 132, 154104 (2010).
    • 15. Lum, Y., Cheng, T., Goddard, W. A. & Ager, J. W. Electrochemical CO reduction builds solvent water into oxygenate products. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 140, 9337-9340 (2018).
    • 16. Dunwell, M., Yang, X., Yan, Y. & Xu, B. Potential routes and mitigation strategies for contamination in interfacial specific infrared spectroelectrochemical studies. J. Phys. Chem. C 122, 24658-24664 (2018).
    • 17. Luc, W., Rosen, J. & Jiao, F. An Ir-based anode for a practical CO2 electrolyzer. Catal. Today 288, 79-84 (2017).
    • 18. Gupta, N., Gattrell, M. & MacDougall, B. Calculation for the cathode surface concentrations in the electrochemical reduction of CO2 in KHCO3 solutions. J. Appl. Electrochem. 36, 161-172 (2006).
    • 19. Dinh, C.-T. et al. CO2 electroreduction to ethylene via hydroxide-mediated copper catalysis at an abrupt interface. Science 360, 783-787 (2018).
    • 20. Rumble, J. R. CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 99th Edition (Internet Version 2018). (CRC Press/Taylor & Francis, Boca Raton, Fla., 2018).
    • 21. Ravel, B. & Newville, M. ATHENA, ARTEMIS, HEPHAESTUS: data analysis for X-ray absorption spectroscopy using IFEFFIT. J. Synchrotron Rad. 12, 537-541 (2005).
    • 22. Li, J. et al. Revealing the synergy of mono/bimetallic PdPt/TiO2 heterostructure for enhanced photoresponse performance. J. Phys. Chem. C 121, 24861-24870 (2017).
    • 23. Lum, Y. & Ager, J. W. Stability of residual oxides in oxide-derived copper catalysts for electrochemical CO2 reduction investigated with 180 labeling. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 57, 551-554 (2018).
    • 24. Droog, J. M. M. & Schlenter, B. Oxygen electrosorption on copper single crystal electrodes in sodium hydroxide solution. J. Electroanal. Chem. Interf. Electrochem. 112, 387-390 (1980).
    • 25. Protopopoff, E. & Marcus, P. Potential—pH diagrams for hydroxyl and hydrogen adsorbed on a copper surface. Electrochim. Acta 51, 408-417 (2005).
    • 26. Cole, E. B. et al. Using a one-electron shuttle for the multielectron reduction of CO2 to methanol: kinetic, mechanistic, and structural insights. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 132, 11539-11551 (2010).
    • 27. Chen, C.-H. et al. The “missing” bicarbonate in CO2 chemisorption reactions on solid amine sorbents. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 140, 8648-8651 (2018).
    • 28. Zhuang, T.-T. et al. Copper nanocavities confine intermediates for efficient electrosynthesis of C3 alcohol fuels from carbon monoxide. Nat. Catal. 1, 946-951 (2018).
    • 29. Figueiredo, M. C., Ledezma-Yanez, I. & Koper, M. T. M. In situ spectroscopic study of CO2 electroreduction at copper electrodes in acetonitrile. ACS Catal. 6, 2382-2392 (2016).
    • 30. Heyes, J., Dunwell, M. & Xu, B. CO2 reduction on Cu at low overpotentials with surface-enhanced in situ spectroscopy. J. Phys. Chem. C 120, 17334-17341 (2016).
    • 31. Calle-Vallejo, F. & Koper, M. T. Theoretical considerations on the electroreduction of CO to C2 species on Cu(100) electrodes. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 52, 7282-7285 (2013).
    • 32. Perez-Gallent, E., Figueiredo, M. C., Calle-Vallejo, F. & Koper, M. T. Spectroscopic observation of a hydrogenated CO dimer intermediate during CO reduction on Cu(100) electrodes. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 56, 3621-3624 (2017).
    • 33. Xiao, H., Goddard, W. A., Cheng, T. & Liu, Y. Cu metal embedded in oxidized matrix catalyst to promote CO2 activation and CO dimerization for electrochemical reduction of CO2 . Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 114, 6685-6688 (2017).
    • 34. Akemann, W. & Otto, A. Vibrational modes of CO adsorbed on disordered copper films. J. Raman Spectrosc. 22, 797-803 (1991).
    • 35. Sheppard, N. & Nguyen, T. T. Advances in Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy. Vol. 5 67 (Heyden, London, 1978).
    • 36. Gunathunge, C. M. et al. Spectroscopic observation of reversible surface reconstruction of copper electrodes under CO2 reduction. J. Phys. Chem. C 121, 12337-12344 (2017).
    • 37. Gunathunge, C. M., Ovalle, V. J., Li, Y., Janik, M. J. & Waegele, M. M. Existence of an electrochemically inert CO population on Cu electrodes in alkaline pH. ACS Catal. 8, 7507-7516 (2018).
    • 38. Montoya, J. H., Shi, C., Chan, K. & Nørskov, J. K. Theoretical insights into a CO dimerization mechanism in CO2 electroreduction. J. Phys. Chem. Lett. 6, 2032-2037 (2015).
    • 39. Guo, C., Wang, Z., Wang, D., Wang, H.-F. & Hu, P. First-principles determination of CO adsorption and desorption on Pt(111) in the free energy landscape. J. Phys. Chem. C 122, 21478-21483 (2018).
    • 40. Nørskov, J. K. et al. Origin of the overpotential for oxygen reduction at a fuel-cell cathode. J. Phys. Chem. B 108, 17886-17892 (2004).
    • 41. Gerson, F. & Huber, W. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy of Organic Radicals. (John Wiley & Sons, 2003).
    • 42. Wong, C. S., Tishchenko, P. Y. & Johnson, W. K. Solubility of carbon dioxide in aqueous HCl and NaHCO3 solutions from 278 to 298 K. J. Chem. Eng. Data 50, 817-821 (2005).
    • 43. Zhong, H., Fujii, K., Nakano, Y. & Jin, F. Effect of CO2 bubbling into aqueous solutions used for electrochemical reduction of CO2 for energy conversion and storage. J. Phys. Chem. C 119, 55-61 (2015).
    • 44. Mistry, H. et al. Highly selective plasma-activated copper catalysts for carbon dioxide reduction to ethylene. Nat. Commun. 7, 12123 (2016).
    • 45. Zhou, Y. et al. Dopant-induced electron localization drives CO2 reduction to C2 hydrocarbons. Nat. Chem. 10, 974-980 (2018).
    • 46. Lee, S. Y. et al. Mixed copper states in anodized Cu electrocatalyst for stable and selective ethylene production from CO2 reduction. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 140, 8681-8689 (2018).
    • 47. Yang, K. D. et al. Morphology-directed selective production of ethylene or ethane from CO2 on a Cu mesopore electrode. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 56, 796-800 (2017).
    • 48. De Luna, P. et al. Catalyst electro-redeposition controls morphology and oxidation state for selective carbon dioxide reduction. Nat. Catal. 1, 103-110 (2018).
    Example 3A: In-Situ Nanostructuring and Stabilization of Polycrystalline Copper by an Organic Salt Additive Promotes Electrocatalytic CO2 Reduction to Ethylene
  • Abstract: Bridging homogeneous molecular systems with heterogeneous catalysts is a promising approach for the development of new electrodes, combining the advantages of both approaches. In the context of CO2 electroreduction, molecular enhancement of planar copper electrodes has enabled promising advancement towards high Faradaic efficiencies for multicarbon products. Besides, nanostructured copper electrodes have also demonstrated enhanced performance at comparatively low overpotentials. Herein, we report a novel and convenient method for nanostructuring copper electrodes using N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide as molecular additive. Selectivities up to 70% for C≥2 products are observed for more than 40 h without significant change in the surface morphology. Mechanistic studies reveal several roles for the organic additive, including: the formation of cube-like nanostructures by corrosion of the copper surface, the stabilization of these nanostructures during electrocatalysis by formation of a protective organic layer, and the promotion of C≥2 products.
  • Introduction: Borrowing concepts from molecular catalysts to tailor the active sites of metallic surfaces and enhance activity, selectivity, and stability has been a long-standing interest in the catalysis community.[1-4] In the context of the electrochemical CO2 reduction reaction (CO2RR), small molecule additives have been employed to tune the reactivity of heterogeneous catalysts by stabilizing intermediates, inhibiting proton diffusion, or acting as redox mediators. For example, organic species such as N-aryl pyridinium salts,[5] imidazole,[6-8] thiol[9] and cysteamine[10] have been reported to alter the surface of the electrode, yielding catalytic systems with increased selectivities for specific products.[11,12]
  • Germane to the present study, our research team disclosed a simple method for increasing the selectivity of CO2RR towards C≥2 products by combining a polycrystalline copper electrode with an N-aryl pyridinium salt additive in bicarbonate aqueous solutions.[5] Upon in-situ electroreduction of these water-soluble additives, an organic film is deposited onto the electrode, altering the catalytic properties of the Cu surface. Selective inhibition of CH4 and H2 production was observed, resulting in an improved selectivity for C≥2 products with Faradaic efficiencies (FE) higher than 60%.
  • In a complementary approach, nanostructured metal electrodes have played an important role in the development of selective electrocatalysts towards particular products at comparatively low overpotentials.[13-15] A variety of methods are available to form nanostructures at the surface of electrodes, including reduction of copper oxides, wet chemistry synthesis, and electrodeposition. However, most of these methods require high-temperature or high-energy treatments and the resulting structures generally exhibit a poorly defined surface morphology.
  • Specifically, alkali halide salts are known to promote nanostructuring process in planar Cu electrodes. By exposing the copper surface to an aqueous solution of an alkali halide salt under oxidative potentials or acidic media, nanocube-like structures are obtained. The resulting electrocatalysts show higher current densities and selectivities for ethylene (20%<FEC2H4<45%) and oxygenated products compared to a planar electrode, although hydrogen is still the predominant product (40%<FEH2<60%). Unfortunately, these systems suffer from fast structural reconstruction/degradation and performance decay during catalysis, possibly due to the applied electrochemical bias.[16-18] As a consequence, the sustained influence of Cu morphology on the resulting products still remains elusive. Therefore, preserving the nanostructures under electrocatalytic conditions is of particular interest as more predictable systems can be developed with increased durability.[19-26]
  • To understand the interaction of organic films with Cu electrodes and their impact on catalysis, we have been undertaking structure-function studies on a variety of molecular additives. Herein, we report that combining polycrystalline copper electrodes with N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide (abbreviated herein as 1-Br2) provides a particularly robust and conveniently prepared catalytic system that shows improved activity with current densities up to −7 mA/cm2 and selectivities for C≥2 products up to 70%, when compared with an analogous bare polycrystalline copper electrode, or one as previously disclosed using an electrodeposited film derived from N-tolylpyridinium chloride (tolyl-pyr). Mechanistic studies demonstrate that 1-Br2 plays multiple functions, including the generation of cube-like copper nanostructures, stabilization of the electrode morphology for up to 40 h of electrocatalysis, and to facilitate C—C coupled product formation.
  • Results and Discussion: Bulk electrolysis experiments were performed on a polycrystalline copper electrode with CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte at pH 6.8 using a recently reported custom flow cell.[27] Potentials were measured versus a leakless Ag/AgCl electrode and converted to the RHE scale. In the absence of additive and at potential of −1.09 VRHE, the copper electrode primarily produces hydrogen and methane, with relatively low generation of C≥2 products, consistent with previous reports (FEH2=43%, FECH4=20%, FEC≥2=22%, FIG. 39B and Table 7).[5,27-29] However, when CO2RR is performed using an electrolyte containing 10 mM of 1-Br2 (FIGS. 39A, 45), the selectivity is markedly shifted towards C≥2 products (FEC≥2=64%). The selectivity for ethylene is especially enhanced, while methane production is dramatically suppressed (FEC2H4=45%, FECH4=0.5% FIG. 39B, Table 7).
  • The use of isotopically labelled 13CO2 confirmed that the sole source of carbon for the observed products is carbon dioxide, ruling out the possibility of degradation products from the organic additive acting as carbon source (FIGS. 46A-46C). Although the selectivity of 1-Br2 is similar to that we previously reported with tolyl-pyr as organic additive (FIG. 39B, FE C≥2=78%, j=−1.0 mA/cm2),[5] the total current density using 1-Br2 is almost four times higher and similar to that observed with the bare Cu electrode (j=−3.8 mA/cm2 with 1-Br2; j=−4.4 mA/cm2 with bare Cu). This is a drastic difference compared to the first generation of aryl-pyridinium additives we had explored,[5] where the partial current density for C≥2 products is essentially the same as that of bare Cu, and the shift in selectivity derives from the suppression of H2 and CH4 production. For the case of 1-Br2, the partial current density for C≥2 products, and especially C2H4, is enhanced almost by a factor of 4 (FIG. 39C).
  • Higher current densities were achieved at −1.15 VRHE=−6.4 mA/cm2, Table 8, FIG. 47) while maintaining similar selectivities for ethylene and C≥2 products (FEC2H4=40%, FEC≥2 63%, FIGS. 40A-40B, Table 8). Applying additional bias leads to substantial H2 generation (FEH2=41% at −1.19 V). At lower bias (−0.99 V), ethylene is still a dominant product, together with formic acid (FEC2H4=27% and FEHCOOH=22%). The CO Faradaic efficiency is still very low at this potential, indicating that the majority of intermediate CO generated is converted to C—C coupled products (FECO=4.7%). At −0.90 V, ethylene is still produced but with far lower selectivity (FEC2H4=11%). The FE of CO correspondingly increases, and formic acid becomes the major product generated (FECO=15% and FEHCOOH=35%). Most notably, at all of these potentials, methane production is almost completely suppressed.
  • A rather similar product profile is obtained at −1.07 VRHE using concentrations of 1-Br2 as low as 0.1 mM (Table 9, FIG. 48; FEC2H4=35%, FEC≥2=54%), with a similar current density. This observation highlights the strength of the additive effect, even at very low concentrations, on the overall product profile. In addition, the catalytic system showed a sustained high selectivity for ethylene production during longer bulk electrolysis experiments (monitored up to 43 h). A decrease of 10% in ethylene selectivity occurred over this time (FIGS. 49-52). This degradation of selectivity potentially comes from deposition of trace metals ion impurities present in the electrolyte, as previously observed.[30]
  • Analysis of the electrode surface, after bulk electrolysis using an electrolyte containing 1-Br2, by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), showed nitrogen enrichment (FIG. 53). The spectrum consists of two peaks of similar area, located at 400.2 eV and 402.5 eV, characteristic of tertiary amine and quaternary ammonium nitrogen atoms, respectively.[31,32] In addition, the surface of the electrode was rinsed several times with deionized water and then by DMSO-d6. The organic fraction was collected and analyzed by NMR spectroscopy. The 1H and 1H-1H COSY NMR spectra (FIGS. 54-55) acquired are consistent with the formation of two independent dimeric structures, para-para (1-Br)2 and ortho-ortho (1-Br)2 depicted in FIG. 39A, derived from the coupling of two mono-reduced phenanthrolinium species (1′-Br) at para or ortho position, respectively. The amount of para-para coupled product is higher than the ortho-ortho product, as expected from the higher spin density at the para position of the precursor radical (FIG. 54).[33] Combined, these species account for >95% of the organic material that could be extracted from the copper electrode.[34] The results from XPS and NMR analyses are in agreement with the electrodeposition of an organic film onto the surface of the copper electrode as previously observed in the case of tolyl-pyr.[5]
  • The dimer (1-Br)2 is a dicationic compound and displays two tertiary and two quaternary amine N-atoms, consistent with the aforementioned XPS results. The copper surface appears to be critical for the dimerization process of the one-electron reduced species of 1-Br2 (see ESI for further discussion). When the one-electron reduced radical 1′-Br is generated in solution using zinc dust as chemical reductant, dimerization reaction is not observed. Furthermore, the stability of 1′-Br in the presence of CO2 was studied by EPR and UV-VIS spectroscopies (FIGS. 68, 69, 70A-70B). The obtained results suggest that radical 1′-Br does not interact with CO2, ruling out a possible involvement of such radical during electrocatalysis. Furthermore, when a copper electrode, with dimer (1-Br)2 previously electrodeposited on its surface, is used in bulk electrolysis with an electrolyte free of molecular additive 1-Br2, the expected high selectivity for C≥2 products is observed (Table 10).
  • As an organic film is formed on the surface of the electrode, the mass transport limitation of the reactants was studied by chronoamperometry experiments at −1.10 V with a rotating disk electrode using either a CO2 or a N2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 electrolyte with or without 10 mM of 1-Br2 (FIGS. 56-57). Under N2, the hydrogen current densities are not altered by the rotation speed both on bare Cu or in presence of 1-Br2. More interestingly, the hydrogen current density is fivefold lower when the organic film is present, indicating that the film severely inhibits hydrogen production. Under CO2, the current densities with and without the film are similar at low rotation speed, in agreement with catalytic results. Surprisingly, while the current density increases linearly with the rotation speed on bare Cu, it stays unchanged in presence of 1-Br2. These results demonstrate that there is no apparent mass transport limitation of reactants due to the organic film. These peculiar results could reflect different rate determining steps in presence of the film compare to bare Cu, a phenomenon that will be further investigated but are out of the scope of this study.
  • To gain information about possible changes in surface morphology of the copper electrode, ex situ scanning electron microscope (SEM) images were taken after different electrocatalytic experiments (FIGS. 41A-41D). A smooth and flat surface is consistently observed after electropolishing and prior to electrocatalysis (FIG. 41A). When a CO2RR experiment is performed in the absence of molecular additive, the morphology of the copper electrode after the reaction changes to a rougher surface, as previously reported (FIG. 41B).[35] Notably, when CO2RR is carried out in the presence of 1-Br2, well-defined cubic nanostructures are observed across the entire surface of the copper electrode after catalysis (FIGS. 41C-41D). At higher magnification, the ridge of the cubes can be observed and appears to be all parallel to the bulk of the electrode. This suggests that all the nanocubes are growing along the <110> direction. In addition, as Cu has a face-centered cubic (FCC) packing structure, the exposed surface of such nanostructures has to be dominated by the {100} facet. This could not unambiguously be confirmed by analyzing the post-catalysis electrode by bulk XRD as the change in the surface morphology is too small compared to the resolution of the instrument. Nevertheless, by comparing the peak heights of XRD spectra of a freshly electropolished Cu electrode with post catalysis Cu electrodes with and without 1-Br2, an increase of the Cu(100) peak is observed in the post-catalysis Cu electrode with 1-Br2 (FIGS. 59A-59C).
  • In term of size, the cubic nanostructures display average widths of 275 nm for the biggest ones and 100 nm for the smallest. According to atomic force microscopic (AFM) images, the nanocubes present an average high of 80-90 nm (FIG. 58C). SEM Energy Dispersive X-ray (EDX) analysis confirms that the nanostructures are mainly comprised of copper (FIG. 58D).
  • These structural observations contrast with previous reports on nanostructured copper electrodes.[16-18] This is the first example of stable copper nanocubes under electrocatalytic conditions over prolonged reaction times (>40 h, FIGS. 60A-60B). Also, the observed nanocubes after electrocatalysis are well defined and oriented in the same direction, contrasting with the typical morphologies of copper electrodes after catalysis displaying agglomerated nanofeatures.
  • Inorganic halide salts are well known for inducing nanostructuring process in copper surfaces.[36] Thus, we decided to study the influence of the bromide counteranion in 1-Br2 on the formation of the observed nanocubes at the electrode surface. When a polycrystalline copper electrode was left in contact with an aqueous solution of KBr (20 mM) for 5 min, and then subjected to 3 measurements of potentiostatic electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (PEIS), AFM images showed the presence of nanocubes similar in shape to those formed with additive 1-Br2, with a height of ca. 80-90 nm (FIG. 61A). This observation suggests that the bromide anion can promote the formation of nanostructures, by a corrosive process,[37] under our catalytic conditions. It is worth noting that the PEIS measurements were performed at open circuit voltage, resulting in a nanostructuring process under mild conditions. This approach contrasts with the previous reports where high oxidative potentials have been used during the nanostructuring of Cu electrodes.[37,38]
  • When KBr (20 mM) was tested as an additive for CO2RR at −1.07 VRHE, the product profile (Table 11) was similar to that of bare Cu, with hydrogen and methane being the dominant products (FEH2=56%, FECH4=20%). Ex-situ post-catalysis AFM images of the electrode indicated a lower level of nanostructuring compared to the case of 1-Br2 as additive (FIG. 61B). These observations allow us to infer that although the organic film is not required for the nanostructuring step, it is critical to preserve the nanocubes during electrocatalysis.
  • To further explore the role of bromide anion in the nanostructuring process, the surface of a copper electrode was analyzed by AFM before and after electrocatalysis in the presence of 10 mM of 1-Br2 (FIGS. 42A-42D). After 5 min of contact between the electrode and the electrolyte, AFM images already show some degree of well-defined nanostructuring (FIG. 42B), indicating that the bromide anion of the 1-Br2 additive is effective in corroding the electrode surface. After three cycles of PE IS, AFM images clearly show the presence of well-defined nanostructures (FIG. 42C). These observations confirm that the nanostructuring process occurs via corrosion of the copper surface, even before electrocatalysis. As expected, the AFM image taken after electrocatalysis (FIG. 42D) show well-defined cubic nanostructures, consistent with the previously discussed SEM images.
  • To study the effect of the counteranion in the molecular additive, the corresponding phenanthrolinium ditriflate, dichloride and diiodide molecules were synthesized and tested in CO2RR ([1-X2]=10 mM, X=OTf−, Cl− and I−, Tables 6 and 12). The 1-(OTf)2 and 1-Cl2 derivatives showed lower values of total current densities compared with that of 1-Br2. Also, the FE for ethylene production decreased 10-15%. Ex-situ post-catalysis AFM images of the electrodes from the experiments with 1-(OTf)2 and 1-Cl2 do not show well-defined nanostructures (FIGS. 62A-62B). On the other hand, the selectivity of 1-12 with respect to ethylene generation is very similar to that with 1-Br2 (FEC2H4=43%, jC2H4=−1.07 mA/cm2). The overall current density is, however, lower and comparable to that obtained with 1-(OTf)2 and 1-Cl2. Compared to the organic film derived from 1-Br2, a thicker film was observable on the electrode when 1-12 was used, accounting for the decrease in total current density (FIG. 62C). Well-defined nanostructures are observed by AFM after dissolving the film with DMSO (FIG. 62D). These observations support previous reports on the incapacity of Cl− and OTf− anions to effectively corrode copper surfaces, whereas Br− and I− can.[39,40] Nevertheless, despite the absence of nanostructuring with additives 1-Cl2 and 1-(OTf)2, the improved ethylene selectivity in these systems, compared to bare Cu electrodes, highlights the beneficial effect of the electrodeposition of the organic film onto the surface of the electrode.
  • TABLE 6
    Faradaic efficiency for major products formed during
    CO2RR at −1.07 V in CO2-saturated 0.1M KHCO3 withut
    or with 10 mM of 1-X2 (X = Br, OTf, Cl, I).[a|
    Faradaic Efficiency (%) j
    Additive] H2 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH (mA/cm2)
    None 42.8 12.3 5.9 2.6 −4.5
    1-Br2 15.5 45.4 14.6 3.6 −3.8
    1-(OTf)2 24.1 37.4 14.1 4.9 −2.4
    1-Cl2 25.6 33.8 8.4 5.4 −2.4
    1-I2 21.4 42.0 12.6 4.0 −2.5
    [a]All values represent an average of at least two runs. Refer to Table 14 for the complete table.
  • To investigate the role of the molecular coating in the stabilization of the observed nanocubes, the organic film from a copper electrode previously subjected to bulk electrolysis in the presence of 1-Br2 was removed by treatment with DMSO. AFM analysis of the resulting electrode show a decrease in the average height of the nanostructures by ca. 20 nm, potentially due to the removal of the film (FIG. 43B). This result suggests that the film thickness is small compared to the size of the copper nanostructures. This nanostructured coating-free electrode was then used in a second bulk electrolysis experiment with an additive-free electrolyte. The product distribution of this catalytic run showed a considerable reduction in the selectivity for C≥2 products, similar to a polycrystalline copper electrode (Table 13). In addition, AFM images of the electrode after the second catalytic run, show degradation of the well-defined nanostructures on the copper surface (FIG. 43D). This observation confirms that the electrodeposited organic film plays a critical role in stabilizing the nanostructuring of the electrode under electrocatalytic conditions. This hypothesis is further supported by the finding that the nanostructures are preserved after submitting an electrode functionalized with the organic film to a second catalytic run using an additive-free electrolyte (FIG. 43C). As expected, in this experiment not only the nanostructures are preserved, but also the selectivity for C≥2 products is similar to the case of the additive-containing electrolyte (Table 14).
  • The collective observations presented in this work support the conclusion that nanostructuring of the copper electrode, in combination with the electrodeposited organic film, enhances the generation of C≥2 products in CO2RR. This is in agreement with previous studies that have demonstrated the importance of nanostructured Cu surfaces in enhancing selectivity for C≥2 products.[41-43] In contrast to previous reports, using the method reported herein, well-defined cubic nanostructures with exposed {100} facets, known to effectively promote the generation of C—C coupled products,[44] are not only easily generated but their morphology is also preserved under electrocatalytic conditions over prolonged reaction times (>40 h). Besides the stabilizing effect, the molecular coating also plays a role in the shifting of selectivity for C—C coupled products as observed when molecule 1-Cl2 was used as additive. In this case, since the chloride counteranion failed to corrode the electrode surface to form nanostructures, the increasing in the selectivity for ethylene production is due only to the presence of the electrodeposited film.
  • FIG. 44 outlines our working model for the formation and stabilization of the nanostructured copper electrode by a molecular coating derived from 1-Br2. Starting from a smooth electrode surface, bromide anions initiate the nanostructuring process by corroding the copper surface and creating nucleation sites. The degree of corrosion is enhanced via PEIS cycles, forming well-defined nanocubes. Upon application of a bias of −1.07 VRHE, reductive dimerization of the phenanthrolinium dication occurs through coupling of the generated radical (1′-Br) which is facilitated by the copper surface. This results in the deposition of an organic film onto the electrode. As observed in the SEM and AFM images, this film helps to stabilize the nanostructured surface during electrocatalysis. In addition, the organic film also plays a role in the enhancement of C—C coupling activity.
  • Conclusion for Example 3A: This study underscores that the combination of an organic halide salt additive, in this case phenanthrolinium dibromide, with a polycrystalline copper electrode, affords a simple and convenient means to generate and stabilize a nanostructured copper surface for CO2RR with marked enhancement for C—C coupling, and substantial attenuation of H2 and especially CH4. This simple and inexpensive methodology opens promising opportunities for improving CO2RR through the interaction of organic additives and metal electrodes. Preserving nanostructures during catalysis, as demonstrated here, is important beyond CO2RR and may find applications to a variety of electrocatalysts already reported in the literature.
    • References Associated with Example 3A
    • [1] X. Cui, W. Li, P. Ryabchuk, K. Junge, M. Beller, Nat. Catal. 2018, 1, 385-397.
    • [2] C. Coperet, F. Allouche, K. W. Chan, M. P. Conley, M. F. Delley, A. Fedorov, I. B. Moroz, V. Mougel, M. Pucino, K. Searles, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2018, 57, 6398-6440.
    • [3] J. D. A. Pelletier, J.-M. Basset, Acc. Chem. Res. 2016, 49, 664-677.
    • [4] C. Coperet, M. Chabanas, R. Petroff Saint-Arroman, J.-M. Basset, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 156-181.
    • [5] Z. Han, R. Kortlever, H.-Y. Chen, J. C. Peters, T. Agapie, ACS Cent. Sci. 2017, 3, 853-859.
    • [6] B. A. Rosen, A. Salehi-Khojin, M. R. Thorson, W. Zhu, D. T. Whipple, P. J. A. Kenis, R. I. Masel, Science 2011, 334, 643-644.
    • [7] Z. Cao, J. S. Derrick, J. Xu, R. Gao, M. Gong, E. M. Nichols, P. T. Smith, X. Liu, X. Wen, C. Coperet, et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2018, 57, 4981-4985.
    • [8] G. P. S. Lau, M. Schreier, D. Vasilyev, R. Scopelliti, M. Grätzel, P. J. Dyson, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2016, 138, 7820-7823.
    • [9] C. Kim, H. S. Jeon, T. Eom, M. S. Jee, H. Kim, C. M. Friend, B. K. Min, Y. J. Hwang, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 13844-13850.
    • [10] C. Kim, T. Eom, M. S. Jee, H. Jung, H. Kim, B. K. Min, Y. J. Hwang, ACS Catal. 2017, 7, 779-785.
    • [11] M. Gong, Z. Cao, W. Liu, E. M. Nichols, P. T. Smith, J. S. Derrick, Y.-S. Liu, J. Liu, X. Wen, C. J. Chang, ACS Cent. Sci. 2017, 3, 1032-1040.
    • [12] S. Ponnurangam, I. V. Chernyshova, P. Somasundaran, Adv. Colloid Interface Sci. 2017, 244, 184-198.
    • [13] L. Zhang, Z.-J. Zhao, J. Gong, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2017, 56, 11326-11353.
    • [14] M. Ma, W. A. Smith, in Anisotropic Shape-Sel. Nanomater. Struct.-Prop. Relatsh. (Eds.: S. E. Hunyadi Murph, G. K. Larsen, K. J. Coopersmith), Springer International Publishing, Cham, 2017, pp. 337-373.
    • [15] H. Mistry, A. S. Varela, S. Kühl, P. Strasser, B. R. Cuenya, Nat. Rev. Mater. 2016, 1, 16009.
    • [16] P. Grosse, D. Gao, F. Scholten, I. Sinev, H. Mistry, B. Roldan Cuenya, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2018, 57, 6192-6197.
    • [17] D. Gao, F. Scholten, B. Roldan Cuenya, ACS Catal. 2017, 7, 5112-5120.
    • [18] C. Reller, R. Krause, E. Volkova, B. Schmid, S. Neubauer, A. Rucki, M. Schuster, G. Schmid, Adv. Energy Mater. 2017, 7, 1602114.
    • [19] R. M. Arán-Ais, D. Gao, B. Roldan Cuenya, Acc. Chem. Res. 2018, 51, 2906-2917.
    • [20] C. W. Li, M. W. Kanan, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134, 7231-7234.
    • [21] H. Mistry, A. S. Varela, C. S. Bonifacio, I. Zegkinoglou, I. Sinev, Y.-W. Choi, K. Kisslinger, E. A. Stach, J. C. Yang, P. Strasser, et al., Nat. Commun. 2016, 7, 12123.
    • [22] D. Gao, I. Zegkinoglou, N. J. Divins, F. Scholten, I. Sinev, P. Grosse, B. Roldan Cuenya, ACS Nano 2017, 11, 4825-4831.
    • [23] H. S. Jeon, S. Kunze, F. Scholten, B. Roldan Cuenya, ACS Catal. 2018, 8, 531-535.
    • [24] D. Kim, C. S. Kley, Y. Li, P. Yang, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 2017, 114, 10560-10565.
    • [25] A. S. Hall, Y. Yoon, A. Wuttig, Y. Surendranath, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2015, 137, 14834-14837.
    • [26] Y. Li, F. Cui, M. B. Ross, D. Kim, Y. Sun, P. Yang, Nano Lett. 2017, 17, 1312-1317.
    • [27] P. Lobaccaro, M. R. Singh, E. L. Clark, Y. Kwon, A. T. Bell, J. W. Ager, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 2016, 18, 26777-26785.
    • [28] K. P. Kuhl, E. R. Cave, D. N. Abram, T. F. Jaramillo, Energy Environ. Sci. 2012, 5, 7050-7059.
    • [29] Y. Hori, in Mod. Asp. Electrochem. (Eds.: C. G. Vayenas, R. E. White, M. E. Gamboa-Aldeco), Springer, New York, 2008, pp. 89-189.
    • [30] A. Wuttig, Y. Surendranath, ACS Catal. 2015, 5, 4479-4484.
    • [31] S. Men, D. S. Mitchell, K. R. J. Lovelock, P. Licence, Chem Phys Chem 2015, 16, 2211-2218.
    • [32] Y. Zhao, X. Liu, Y. Han, RSC Adv. 2015, 5, 30310-30330.
    • [33] A. P. Shaw, B. L. Ryland, M. J. Franklin, J. R. Norton, J. Y.-C. Chen, M. L. Hall, J. Org. Chem. 2008, 73, 9668-9674.
    • [34] The balance of the organic material could correspond to unidentified by-products and other diastereoisomers of the ortho-ortho and para-para dimers (1-Br)2.
    • [35] A. N. Karaiskakis, E. J. Biddinger, Energy Technol. 2017, 5, 901-910.
    • [36] S. Ogata, N. Kobayashi, T. Kitagawa, S. Shima, A. Fukunaga, C. Takatoh, T. Fukuma, Corros. Sci. 2016, 105, 177-182.
    • [37] Y. Kwon, Y. Lum, E. L. Clark, J. W. Ager, A. T. Bell, Chem Electro Chem 2016, 3, 1012-1019.
    • [38] F. S. Roberts, K. P. Kuhl, A. Nilsson, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2015, 54, 5179-5182.
    • [39] I. T. McCrum, S. A. Akhade, M. J. Janik, Electrochimica Acta 2015, 173, 302-309.
    • [40] A. S. Varela, W. Ju, T. Reier, P. Strasser, ACS Catal. 2016, 6, 2136-2144.
    • [41] T. Saberi Safaei, A. Mepham, X. Zheng, Y. Pang, C.-T. Dinh, M. Liu, D. Sinton, S. O. Kelley, E. H. Sargent, Nano Lett. 2016, 16, 7224-7228.
    • [42] M. Ma, K. Djanashvili, W. A. Smith, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2016, 55, 6680-6684.
    • [43] P. D. Luna, R. Quintero-Bermudez, C.-T. Dinh, M. B. Ross, O. S. Bushuyev, P. Todorović, T. Regier, S. O. Kelley, P. Yang, E. H. Sargent, Nat. Catal. 2018, 1, 103-110.
    • [44] C. Hahn, T. Hatsukade, Y.-G. Kim, A. Vailionis, J. H. Baricuatro, D. C. Higgins, S. A. Nitopi, M. P. Soriaga, T. F. Jaramillo, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 2017, 114, 5918-5923.
    Example 3B: Supplemental Information for In-Situ Nanostructuring and Stabilization of Polycrystalline Copper by an Organic Salt Additive Promotes Electrocatalytic CO2 Reduction to Ethylene
  • Materials: All solvents and reagents were obtained from commercial sources (Aldrich and Merck) and used as received, unless stated otherwise. Phenanthrolinium additives were synthesized according to previous literature procedures,[1-5] and recrystallized from MeOH/Ether (1:5) prior to use.
  • Copper foil (product number 266744, 99.999% Cu, 25 mm×50 mm×1 mm), phosphoric acid (85%, TraceSelect), potassium carbonate (99.995%), potassium hydroxide (semiconductor grade, 99.99% trace metals basis) and 13CO2 (99 atom % 13C, <3 atom % 18O) were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. Carbon rods (99.999% C) were purchased from Strem Chemicals. Natural abundance CO2 (Research grade) was purchased from Airgas. Deuterium dioxide (D 99.96%), d-chloroform (D 99.8%) and d-dimethylsulfoxide (D 99.8%) were purchased from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories.
  • Water was purified by a Nanopure Analytical Ultrapure Water System (Thermo Scientific) or a Milli-Q Advantage A10 Water Purification System (Millipore) with specific resistance of 18.2 MΩ·cm at 25° C.
  • 1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker 400 MHz instrument with a prodigy broadband cryoprobe. Shifts were reported relative to the residual solvent peak.
  • Upon receiving, copper foil was polished to a mirror-like finish using alumina paste (0.05 μm, Buehler) followed by rinsing and sonicating in water to remove residual alumina. Before each experiment, the copper foil was electropolished using a method similar to the one employed by Kuhl et al.[6] In an 85% phosphoric acid bath, +2.1 V versus a carbon rod counter electrode was applied to the Cu foil for 5 minutes and the foil was subsequently washed with ultra-pure water and dried under a stream of nitrogen gas.
  • Potassium bicarbonate electrolyte (KHCO3(aq), 0.1 M) was prepared by sparging an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate (K2CO3(aq), 0.05 M) with CO2 for at least 1 hour prior to electrolysis. This process converts K2CO3 into KHCO3 and saturates the electrolyte solution with CO2. The proper organic salt additive was added to the 0.1 M KHCO3(aq) catholyte (unless otherwise stated [additive]=10 mM) whereas 0.1 M KHCO3(aq) without any additives was used as the anolyte.
    • Synthetic Procedures Synthesis of N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dibromide (1-Br2)
  • In a round bottom flask charged with a magnetic stir bar, phenanthroline (500 mg, 2.8 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in dibromoethane (5 mL, 67.4 mmol, >24 equiv.) and the final mixture was heated to 110° C. for 18 h. The precipitate formed was collected by filtration and washed with hexane (3×10 mL) and acetone (3×10 mL) to afford the final product. Yield: 970 mg (94%, 2.6 mmol). 1H and 13C NMR spectra were in accordance with reported values.[1-3]
    • Synthesis of N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium ditriflate [1-(OTf)2]
  • In a flame dried Schlenk flask charged with a magnetic stir bar, under N2 and in absence of light, phenanthrolinium dibromide (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in dry acetonitrile (10 mL). Silver triflate (280 mg, 1.0 mmol, 2 equiv.) was added and the final mixture was stirred for 18 h, at 25° C. The AgBr precipitate was discarded by filtration. The solvent was evaporated yielding a brown powder. Yield: 212 mg (84%, 0.4 mmol). 1H and 13C NMR spectra were in accordance with reported values.[4]
    • Synthesis of N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium dichloride
  • Phenanthrolinium dibromide (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in 1.0 mL of water and eluted several times through an ion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400 chloride form). Yield: 70 mg (100%, 0.25 mmol). 1H and 13C NMR spectra were in accordance with reported literatures.[5]
    • Synthesis of N,N′-ethylene-phenanthrolinium diiodide
  • Phenanthrolinium dibromide (100 mg, 0.27 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of water and eluted several times through a pre-washed ion exchange resin (Amberlite IRA-400 chloride form) with HI. After removal of the water under vacuum, 112 mg of a red solid were obtained (91% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O) δ (ppm): 8.78 (dd, 2JH-H=4.5 Hz, 3JH-H=1.7 Hz, 2H), 8.10 (dd, 2JH-H=8.31 Hz, 3JH-H=1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.29 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, D2O) δ (ppm): 148.2 (s), 141.1 (s), 137.7 (s), 127.9 (s), 125.9 (s), 123.6 (s), 46.3 (s), 44.1 (s), 32.9 (s).
  • Electrochemical Measurements:
  • Chronoamperometry measurements were carried out in a custom-made PEEK flow cell setup similar to the one reported by Ager et al.[7] using a copper foil as the working electrode and a platinum foil as the counter electrode. The cathode compartment was separated from the anode compartment by a Selemion AMV anion-exchange membrane (AGC Engineering Co.). All potentials were measured versus a leakless Ag/AgCl reference electrode (Innovative Instruments) with an outer diameter of 5 mm that was inserted into the cathode compartment. The reference electrode was calibrated against ferrocenecarboxylicacid in a 0.2 M phosphate buffer solution at pH 7.0 (+0.239 V vs. Ag/AgCl). All electrochemical measurements were carried out using a Biologic VMP3 multichannel potentiostat.
  • Potentiostatic electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (PEIS) measurements were carried out prior to each electrolysis experiment to determine the Ohmic resistance of the flow cell. The impedance measurements were carried out at frequencies ranging from 200 kHz to 100 MHz to measure the solution resistance. A Nyquist plot was plotted and in the high-frequency part a linear fit was performed and the axis intersection was calculated. The value of this intersection represents the Ohmic resistance of the cell. An average of 3 measurements was taken to calculate the value of R. Typically, small resistances were measured, ranging from 40 to 60Ω.
  • All chronoamperometric experiments were performed for 65 min at 25° C. using CO2-saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 as electrolyte. The potentiostat was set to compensate for 85% of the Ohmic drop, with the remaining 15% being compensated for after the measurements. The effluent gas stream coming from the flow cell (5 mL/min) was flowed into the sample loops of a gas chromatograph (GC-FID/TCD, SRI 8610C, in Multi Gas 5 configuration) equipped with HayeSep D and Molsieve 5 Å columns. Methane, ethylene, ethane and carbon monoxide were detected by a methanizer-flame ionization detector (FID) and the hydrogen was detected by a thermal conductivity detector (TCD). Every 15 minutes, 2 mL of gas was sampled to determine the concentration of gaseous products. After electrolysis, the liquid products in both catholytes and anolytes were quantified by both HPLC (Thermo Scientific Ultimate 3000) and 1H NMR.
  • For 1H NMR, solutions containing 90% electrolyte and 10% D2O (v/v) with internal standard (N,N-dimethylformamide or dimethylsulfoxide) were prepared and measured using a water suppression technique on a Bruker 400 MHz NMR spectrometer.
  • All potentials were converted from the Ag/AgCl scale to the reversible hydrogen electrode (RHE) scale by using VRHE=V(Ag/AgCl)measured−0.197−0.059×pH, where VRHE, V(Ag/AgCl)measured and pH are potential vs RHE, measured potential vs Ag/AgCl reference electrode and pH of the electrolyte (6.8).
  • Cyclic voltammetry (CV) measurements were recorded at 25° C. using a one-compartment cell with a Cu or a glassy carbon disk working electrodes (diameter 3 mm), Pt counter electrode, and a Ag/AgCl reference electrode. The electrolyte solutions were either CO2 or N2 saturated 0.1 M KHCO3 in H2O and were stirred during all measurements.
  • For isotopic labeling experiments the same experimental configurations as described above were employed except KH13CO3(aq) solution and 13CO2 were used as the electrolyte and CO2 source, respectively. To prepare the 0.1 M KH13CO3(aq) solution, 50 mL of nanopure water was sparged with nitrogen for 1 h and was added to potassium hydroxide (0.32 g containing 12.6% water) in a Schlenk flask under nitrogen atmosphere. The headspace was evacuated for a few seconds, and 13CO2 was introduced. The solution was stirred vigorously for 5 h and an aliquot was extracted to make sure the pH was ˜7. The solution was then added to a pre-evacuated 4 mL vial containing 1-Br2 to yield the final electrolyte solution of 0.1 M KH13CO3(aq) and 10 mM 1-Br2. During the electrolysis, 13CO2 was introduced from the bottom of the flow cell at 5 ml/min. The outlet was connected to the inlet of the sample loop of the GC-FID/TCD for quantitative analyses every 15 min. To collect the gaseous products for GC-MS and NMR analyses, the outlet of the GC sample loops was connected to a syringe with rubber plunger pulled by a syringe pump set to the same rate as the gas flow. GC-MS analyses was performed using an Agilent 7820 Å GC coupled with a 5977E MS with a heated cold quadrupole detector and a capillary CarbonPLOT column for identification of the mass fragmentation of ethylene. The background signal was subtracted.
  • X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS):
  • X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) data were collected using a Surface Science Instruments M-Probe ESCA controlled by Hawk Data Collection software (Service Physics, Bend Oreg.; V7.04.04). The monochromatic X-ray source was the Al Kα line at 1486.6 eV, directed at 35° to the sample surface (55° off normal). Emitted photoelectrons were collected at an angle of 35° with respect to the sample surface (55° off normal) by a hemispherical analyzer. The angle between the electron collection lens and X-ray source is 71°. Low-resolution survey spectra were acquired between binding energies of 1-1000 eV. Higher-resolution detailed scans, with a resolution of ˜0.8 eV, were collected on individual XPS lines of interest. The sample chamber was maintained at <2×10−9 Torr. The XPS data were analyzed using the CasaXPS software. Copper foils after electropolishing or electrolysis were rinsed with copious amount of water, dried under a stream of nitrogen and immediately transferred to a nitrogen glove box before XPS measurements.
  • Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM):
  • All AFM images were recorded on a Bruker Dimension Icon using the ScanAssyst mode. A scanassyst-air canteliver was used with a spring constant of 0.4 N/m and a resonant frequency of 70 KHz. AFM images were acquired at a scan rate of 0.977 Hz applying a peak force of 1.2 nm over 10 μm with 512 samples per line.
  • Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) and Energy Dispersive X-Ray (EDX):
  • All SEM images were recorded on a ZEISS 1550VP FESEM instrument, equipped with in-lens SE, below-lens SE, variable pressure SE and Robinson-type BSE detectors. EDX measurements were done on an Oxford X-Max SDD X-ray Energy Dispersive Spectrometer (EDS) system.
  • X-Ray Diffraction (XRD):
  • The crystal structures were determined through XRD measurements using a Bruker DISCOVER D8 diffractometer with Cu Kα radiation from a Bruker ImS source (50 kV voltage and 1000 μA current). With a 0.3 mm collimator and 6° incident angle, a two theta scan mode was used and the effective thin film measurement foot print was approximately 3 mm. The grazing x-ray diffraction was measured using the same two theta scan mode but with a 0.1 mm collimator and 0.5° incident angle. Diffraction images were collected using a two-dimensional VANTEC-500 detector and integrated into one-dimensional patterns using DIFFRAC.SUITE™ EVA software.
  • TABLE 7
    Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained
    during CO2RR without and with 10 mM 1-Br2 in a CO2 saturated 0.1M KHCO3
    electrolyte at −1.07 V.
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Additive Run H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA/cm2)
    — 1 36.4 1.1 3.4 22.0 15.8 8.2 3.2 29.7 92.6 −5.0
    2 49.4 2.9 2.7 14.0 11.1 7.6 2.7 25.2 97.1 −4.2
    3 42.5 2.6 2.6 24.7 10.1 5.9 2.6 23.0 96.6 −4.2
    Average 42.8 2.2 2.9 20.2 12.3 7.2 2.8 26.0 95.4 −4.5
    1-Br 2 1 17.8 0.3 6.2 0.0 45.2 14.7 3.1 63.1 87.3 −3.9
    2 13.6 1.0 6.1 0.1 45.6 15.4 3.8 64.7 85.5 −3.5
    3 15.2 0.7 6.3 0.0 45.4 13.8 3.8 62.9 85.1 −3.8
    Average 15.5 0.7 6.2 0.1 45.4 14.6 3.6 63.6 86.0 −3.8
  • TABLE 8
    Faradaic efficiencies for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained during
    catalytic runs in the presence of 10 mM 1-Br2 at different potentials. The results
    are from the average of three runs.
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Potential (V) H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA cm−2)
    −1.19 40.5 0.2 0.1 0.8 28.0 19.0 1.2 48.2 90.7 −7.4
    −1.15 25.2 0.4 1.5 0.4 39.7 20.7 1.8 62.2 89.8 −6.4
    −1.11 19.1 0.6 2.5 0.3 44.0 17.9 2.0 64.0 86.5 −6.9
    −1.07 15.5 0.7 6.2 0.1 45.4 14.6 3.6 63.6 86.0 −3.8
    −0.99 21.6 4.7 21.8 n.d. 26.9 n.d. n.d. 26.9 75.0 −1.6
    −0.90 22.3 14.9 35.1 n.d. 11.0 n.d. n.d. 11.0 83.2 −0.6
  • TABLE 9
    Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained at
    −1.07 V using different concentration of 1-Br2.
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Concentration H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA cm−2)
     10 mM 15.5 0.7 6.2 0.1 45.4 14.6 3.6 63.6 86.0 −3.8
      1 mM 25.0 1.1 5.9 0.1 41.6 16.5 8.1 66.2 97.2 −3.2
    0.1 mM 28.9 0.8 7.4 0.4 34.3 13.8 6.3 54.4 91.9 −3.7
  • TABLE 10
    Faradaic efficiency (%) towards different CO2RR products during
    recycling experiments in a CO2 saturated 0.1M KHCO3 electrolyte at −1.07 V.a
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Run H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA cm−2)
    1* 23.1 1.0 8.4 0.3 38.2 15.3 3.8 57.3 90.1 −3.8
    2** 32.0 0.7 9.7 0.4 36.5 14.9 3.5 54.9 97.7 −3.4
    3*** 27.5 1.7 9.6 2.9 38.4 15.4 3.7 57.5 99.2 −4.2
    *10 h reaction;
    **1 h reaction;
    ***3 h reaction.
    aBefore the first run, the Cu electrode was functionalized with a thick layer of the organic film. This was done by performing electrocatalysis at −1.4 V for 1 h in 0.1M KHCO3 in presence of 10 mM of 1-Br2. The cell was then cleaned and the functionalized electrode was rinsed gently with water to remove the solution but avoid mechanically disturbing the insoluble film. All the runs were performed using the same functionalized Cu electrode. The cell was cleaned between each run and the electrode was washed gently with water and kept in air. Fresh 0.1M KHCO3 electrolyte was used for each run (no additive).
  • TABLE 11
    Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained
    during catalytic runs in a CO2-saturated 0.1M KHCO3 electrolyte at −1.07 V with 20
    mM of KBr.
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Additive Run H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA cm−2)
    KBr 1 55.7 1.1  8.0 19.7  8.2 3.8 3.1 15.1  99.6 −5.3
    KBr 2 47.5 1.8 17.4 15.8 11.5 3.9 3.1 18.5 101.6 −5.8
    Average 51.6 1.5 12.9 17.7  9.8 3.8 3.1 16.8 100.6 −5.5
  • TABLE 12
    Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained
    during catalytic runs in a CO2 saturated 0.1M KHCO3 electrolyte at −1.07 V with 10
    mM 1-X2 (X = Br−, Cl−, OTf− or I−).
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Additive Run H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA cm−2)
    1-Br2 Average 15.5 0.7  6.2 0.1 45.4 14.6 3.6 63.6 86.0 −3.8
    1-(OTf)2 1 26.7 2.0 13.9 0.2 36.4 15.2 5.2 56.8 99.7 −2.4
    2 21.5 1.2 13.9 0.1 38.4 12.9 4.7 56.0 92.7 −2.5
    Average 24.1 1.6 13.9 0.1 37.4 14.1 4.9 56.4 96.2 −2.4
    1-Cl 2 1 23.6 1.1 20.0 0.1 35.0  7.5 4.0 46.5 91.0 −2.5
    2 27.6 1.9 21.2 0.2 32.7  9.3 6.8 48.5 99.6 −2.4
    Average 25.6 1.5 20.6 0.1 33.8  8.4 5.4 47.5 95.3 −2.4
    1-I2 1 18.9 1.3 13.0 0.1 42.5 12.3 3.3 58.1 91.2 −2.6
    2 23.8 2.2 13.9 0.1 41.5 12.9 4.7 59.1 99.0 −2.5
    Average 21.4 1.7 13.4 0.1 42.0 12.6 4.0 58.6 95.1 −2.5
  • TABLE 13
    Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained
    during a catalytic run in a CO2-saturated 0.1M KHCO3 electrolyte at −1.07 V in the
    presence of 1-Br2 (run 1); after removing the electrodeposited film and
    resubmitting the same electrode with no additive in the electrolyte (run 2).
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Additive Run H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA · cm−2)
    1-Br 2 1 12.2 1.8 6.2 0.1 44 14.6 3.6 62.1 82.2 −3.2
    — 2 59.6 0.6 11.3 9.4 10.2 5.0 4.4 19.6 97.8 −3.7
  • TABLE 14
    Faradaic efficiency (%) for CO2RR products and hydrogen obtained
    during a catalytic run in a CO2-saturated 0.1M KHCO3 electrolyte at −1.07 V with
    1-Br2 (run 1); without additive in the electrolyte and using the resulting electrode
    from run 1 (run 2).
    Faradaic Efficiency (%)
    Additive Run H2 CO HCOOH CH4 C2H4 C2H5OH C3H7OH C2 Total j (mA cm−2)
    1-Br 2 1 12.2 1.8  6.2 0.1 44 14.6 3.6 62.1 82.23 −3.2
    — 2 20.1 2.3 10.4 0.1 40 14.4 3.2 57.7  90.5 −3.8
  • Dimerization Mechanism:
  • Intrigued by the formation of the para-para and ortho-ortho dimers resulting from the electroreduction of 1-Br2 by a polycrystalline copper electrode, the reduction of 1-Br2 was investigated by cyclic voltammetry (CV) using a Cu disk as the working electrode and a platinum wire as the counter electrode (FIGS. 59A-59C). Under a CO2 atmosphere, two irreversible reductive waves at −0.1 V and −0.4 V are present in the first scan and disappear completely in the second scan. This suggests that the electrode is insulated from the electrolyte by the organic film. The same ratio of ortho-ortho and para-para dimers is present as that observed via extraction of the copper electrode after a bulk electrolysis experiment, as described in the main text. In the present instance, the mixture of dimers can be observed by dissolving and analyzing by 1H NMR spectrum of the film deposited on the electrode during the CV experiments (FIGS. 60A-60B). This indicates that film formation occurs in the initial stages of the electrocatalysis. Another chronoamperometry experiment was performed on a copper working electrode with a carbon rod counter electrode for 1 h under an N2 atmosphere using a deuterated electrolyte and with 30 mM of 1-Br2. The solution rapidly changes color from pale yellow to deep red upon applying a potential of −1.07 V, characteristic of the formation of a phenanthrolinium radical (FIGS. 61A-61B). After 1 h of reaction time, both films formed on the Cu and the carbon rod electrode were dissolved in DMSO-d6 to be analyzed, together with analysis of the electrolyte by 1H NMR spectroscopy (FIGS. 62A-62D). The ortho-ortho and para-para dimers are the only products observable on the Cu surface. These products are not detected in the electrolyte, or from attempted extraction of the carbon rod. In the electrolyte, mainly the starting phenanthrolinium additive 1-Br2 is observed after 1 h reaction time. Other side products are also observed in the electrolyte and via extraction of the carbon rod, which may be oligomeric/polymeric species that result from multiple couplings of phenanthrolinium radicals. When the same CV or chronoamperometry experiments is repeated using a glassy carbon rod as the working electrode, the ortho-ortho and para-para dimers are not detected on the surface of the electrode after extracting with DMSO-d6 and analyzing the solution by 1H NMR spectroscopy (FIG. 63). Notably, when the one-electron reduced radical 1.-Br is generated in solution using zinc dust as a chemical reductant, dimerization is not observed. All of these observations lead to the conclusion that the dimerization process of the one-electron reduced form of 1-Br2 is facilitated by the copper electrode surface.
  • Reactivity Studies of 1.-Br with CO2:
  • Pyridinium radicals have been proposed to play a crucial role in the selectivity shift during CO2RR by reacting with CO2 to form a carbamate intermediate.[10-13] To rule out the possibility of a direct interaction between the molecule of CO2 and the one-electron reduced species of 1-Br2 without the involvement of Cu, the reactivity of 1′-Br was studied by EPR and UV-VIS spectroscopy (FIGS. 64, 65A-65B and 66). Upon addition of an excess of Zn dust to a 10 mM aqueous solution of 1′-Br under N2 atmosphere, a rapid change in color to deep red was observed, characteristic of the formation of radical 1′-Br, as previously reported.1,2 Then, the solution was treated with CO2 and the corresponding EPR and UV-VIS spectra were recorded. No differences in the spectra were observed before and after the addition of carbon dioxide, suggesting that radical 1′-Br does not react with CO2 and thus, such a species is not involved directly in the CO2RR mechanism.
  • The EPR spectrum of 1′-Br in water shows low intensity signals for both the sample under N2 and CO2, at 77 K. At room temperature no EPR signal was observed. The EPR signals under N2 and CO2 were similar indicating that the CO2 is not reacting with 1′-Br.
    • References Associated with Example 3B
    • [1] L. A. Summers, Tetrahedron 1968, 24, 5433-5437.
    • [2] L. A. Summers, Nature 1967, 215, 1410-1411.
    • [3] A. L. Black, L. A. Summers, Tetrahedron 1968, 24, 6453-6457.
    • [4] B. J. Coe, N. R. M. Curati, E. C. Fitzgerald, Synthesis 2006, 2006, 146-150.
    • [5] K. Jackson, J. H. Ridd, M. L. Tobe, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 2 1979, 0, 607-610.
    • [6] K. P. Kuhl, E. R. Cave, D. N. Abram, T. F. Jaramillo, Energy Environ. Sci. 2012, 5, 7050-7059.
    • [7] P. Lobaccaro, M. R. Singh, E. L. Clark, Y. Kwon, A. T. Bell, J. W. Ager, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 2016, 18, 26777-26785.
    • [8] S. Men, D. S. Mitchell, K. R. J. Lovelock, P. Licence, Chem Phys Chem 2015, 16, 2211-2218.
    • [9] Y. Zhao, X. Liu, Y. Han, RSC Adv. 2015, 5, 30310-30330.
    • [10] A. B. Bocarsly, Q. D. Gibson, A. J. Morris, R. P. L'Esperance, Z. M. Detweiler, P. S. Lakkaraju, E. L. Zeitler, T. W. Shaw, ACS Catal. 2012, 2, 1684-1692.
    • [11] E. E. Barton Cole, M. F. Baruch, R. P. L'Esperance, M. T. Kelly, P. S. Lakkaraju, E. L. Zeitler, A. B. Bocarsly, Top. Catal. 2015, 58, 15-22.
    • [12] S. I. Rybchenko, D. Touhami, J. D. Wadhawan, S. K. Haywood, Chem Sus Chem 2016, 9, 1660-1669.
    • [13] P. K. Giesbrecht, D. E. Herbert, ACS Energy Lett. 2017, 2, 549-555.
    Example 4: Additional Embodiments
  • Additional embodiments, including characteristics, configurations, components, systems, methods, application, and descriptions, are found in International Patent Pub. WO 2019/185622 (Sargent, et al.) and U.S. Patent Pub. 2018/0291515 (Han, et al.), each of which is incorporate herein by reference in its entirety to the extent not inconsistent herewith. Other useful descriptions and configurations may be also be found in U.S. Patent Pub. 2016/0108530 (Masel, et al.) and U.S. Patent Pub. 2016/0369415 (Masel, et al.), each of which is incorporate herein by reference in its entirety to the extent not inconsistent herewith.
    • STATEMENTS REGARDING INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE AND VARIATIONS
  • All references throughout this application, for example patent documents including issued or granted patents or equivalents; patent application publications; and non-patent literature documents or other source material; are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties, as though individually incorporated by reference, to the extent each reference is at least partially not inconsistent with the disclosure in this application (for example, a reference that is partially inconsistent is incorporated by reference except for the partially inconsistent portion of the reference).
  • The terms and expressions which have been employed herein are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention claimed. Thus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments, exemplary embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims. The specific embodiments provided herein are examples of useful embodiments of the present invention and it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the present invention may be carried out using a large number of variations of the devices, device components, methods steps set forth in the present description. As will be obvious to one of skill in the art, methods and devices useful for the present methods can include a large number of optional composition and processing elements and steps.
  • As used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a cell” includes a plurality of such cells and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art. As well, the terms “a” (or “an”), “one or more” and “at least one” can be used interchangeably herein. It is also to be noted that the terms “comprising”, “including”, and “having” can be used interchangeably. The expression “of any of claims XX-YY” (wherein XX and YY refer to claim numbers) is intended to provide a multiple dependent claim in the alternative form, and in some embodiments is interchangeable with the expression “as in any one of claims XX-YY.”
  • When a group of substituents is disclosed herein, it is understood that all individual members of that group and all subgroups, including any isomers, enantiomers, and diastereomers of the group members, are disclosed separately. When a Markush group or other grouping is used herein, all individual members of the group and all combinations and subcombinations possible of the group are intended to be individually included in the disclosure. When a compound is described herein such that a particular isomer, enantiomer or diastereomer of the compound is not specified, for example, in a formula or in a chemical name, that description is intended to include each isomers and enantiomer of the compound described individual or in any combination. Additionally, unless otherwise specified, all isotopic variants of compounds disclosed herein are intended to be encompassed by the disclosure. For example, it will be understood that any one or more hydrogens in a molecule disclosed can be replaced with deuterium or tritium. Isotopic variants of a molecule are generally useful as standards in assays for the molecule and in chemical and biological research related to the molecule or its use. Methods for making such isotopic variants are known in the art. Specific names of compounds are intended to be exemplary, as it is known that one of ordinary skill in the art can name the same compounds differently.
  • The term “and/or” is used herein, in the description and in the claims, to refer to a single element alone or any combination of elements from the list in which the term and/or appears. In other words, a listing of two or more elements having the term “and/or” is intended to cover embodiments having any of the individual elements alone or having any combination of the listed elements. For example, the phrase “element A and/or element B” is intended to cover embodiments having element A alone, having element B alone, or having both elements A and B taken together. For example, the phrase “element A, element B, and/or element C” is intended to cover embodiments having element A alone, having element B alone, having element C alone, having elements A and B taken together, having elements A and C taken together, having elements B and C taken together, or having elements A, B, and C taken together.
  • Certain molecules disclosed herein may contain one or more ionizable groups [groups from which a proton can be removed (e.g., —COOH) or added (e.g., amines) or which can be quaternized (e.g., amines)]. All possible ionic forms of such molecules and salts thereof are intended to be included individually in the disclosure herein. With regard to salts of the compounds herein, one of ordinary skill in the art can select from among a wide variety of available counterions those that are appropriate for preparation of salts of this invention for a given application. In specific applications, the selection of a given anion or cation for preparation of a salt may result in increased or decreased solubility of that salt.
  • Every device, system, cell, layer, electrode, formulation, combination of components, and method described or exemplified herein can be used to practice the invention, unless otherwise stated.
  • Whenever a range is given in the specification, for example, a temperature range, a time range, or a composition or concentration range, all intermediate ranges and subranges, as well as all individual values included in the ranges given are intended to be included in the disclosure. It will be understood that any subranges or individual values in a range or subrange that are included in the description herein can be excluded from the claims herein.
  • All patents and publications mentioned in the specification are indicative of the levels of skill of those skilled in the art to which the invention pertains. References cited herein are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety to indicate the state of the art as of their publication or filing date and it is intended that this information can be employed herein, if needed, to exclude specific embodiments that are in the prior art. For example, when composition of matter are claimed, it should be understood that compounds known and available in the art prior to Applicant's invention, including compounds for which an enabling disclosure is provided in the references cited herein, are not intended to be included in the composition of matter claims herein.
  • As used herein, “comprising” is synonymous with “including,” “containing,” or “characterized by,” and is inclusive or open-ended and does not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. As used herein, “consisting of” excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified in the claim element. As used herein, “consisting essentially of” does not exclude materials or steps that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristics of the claim. In each instance herein any of the terms “comprising”, “consisting essentially of” and “consisting of” may be replaced with either of the other two terms. The invention illustratively described herein suitably may be practiced in the absence of any element or elements, limitation or limitations which is not specifically disclosed herein.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that starting materials, biological materials, reagents, synthetic methods, purification methods, analytical methods, assay methods, and biological methods other than those specifically exemplified can be employed in the practice of the invention without resort to undue experimentation. All art-known functional equivalents, of any such materials and methods are intended to be included in this invention. The terms and expressions which have been employed are used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention that in the use of such terms and expressions of excluding any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention claimed. Thus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the concepts herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims.

Claims (31)

1. An electrolytic system for electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide, the system comprising:
an anode;
a cathode in electrical communication with the anode, the cathode comprising:
a first current collector;
a porous gas-diffusion membrane having a first side and a second side; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO2;
an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane and in electrical communication with the first current collector; the electrocatalyst layer comprising:
an electrically conductive catalyst; and
a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein:
the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers;
each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units;
each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; and
an anion exchange membrane adjacent to the electrocatalyst layer and positioned between the anode and the cathode; wherein anion exchange membrane is characterized by anion conductivity and the cathode is in ionic communication with the anode via the anion exchange membrane.
2. The electrolytic system of claim 1, comprising a first electrolyte in physical contact and in ionic communication with at least a portion of the anode; wherein the anion exchange membrane physically separates the first electrolyte from the cathode.
3. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the first electrolyte is characterized by a pH selected from the range of 6 to 14.
4. The electrolytic system of claim 1 comprising a first gas volume adjacent to the first side of the porous gas-diffusion membrane; wherein the first gas volume is in operable contact with the gas-diffusion membrane such that CO2 from the first gas volume can penetrate into the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane and such that a product gas can enter the first gas volume from the gas-diffusion membrane.
5. The electrolytic system of claim 1 being configured such that:
CO2 gas is provided to the first gas volume;
the CO2 gas penetrates the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane and diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane to the electrocatalyst layer;
the CO2 gas is reduced at the electrocatalyst layer to produce at least one product gas, the at least one product gas having a composition comprising at least two carbon atoms (C≥2);
the at least one product gas diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane and out of the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane.
6. (canceled)
7. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the electrically conductive catalyst comprises Cu.
8. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein gas-diffusion membrane is hydrophobic.
9. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the gas-diffusion membrane comprises a fluorocarbon polymer.
10. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the gas-diffusion membrane has:
a porosity characterized by pores having a characteristic pore size selected from the range of 10 nm to 2 μm and
a thickness selected from the range of 20 nm to 500 μm.
11. (canceled)
12. (canceled)
13. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein each of the oligomers comprises 2, 3, or 4 of the base units.
14. (canceled)
15. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein each of the oligomers is positively charged.
16. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein each of the base units comprises at least one substituted or unsubstituted pyridinium group, at least one substituted or unsubstituted arylpyridinium group, and/or at least one substituted or unsubstituted phenanthrolinium group.
17. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1A, FX1B, FX1C, FX1D, FX2A, FX2B, FX2C, FX2D, FX2E, FX3A, FX3B, FX3C, FX3D, or any combination of these:
Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00011
Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00012
wherein:
each of R1 and R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkenylene group;
n is an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100;
each of R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a single bond to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium and any combination of these; and
each of R3, R7, R10, R12-R16, R18-R21, R30, R41, R43, R45-R46, R48, R50, R52-R53, and R61 is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium and any combination of these.
18. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein each of the base units is independently characterized by Formula FX1E, FX1F, FX1G, FX1H, FX2F, FX2G, FX3E, FX3F, FX3G, FX3H, or any combination of these:
Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00013
Figure US20210062349A1-20210304-C00014
wherein:
each of R1 and R5 is a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn alkenylene group, or substituted or unsubstituted C2 to Cn heteroalkenylene group;
n is an integer selected from the range of 2 to 100;
each of R2, R4, R6, R8, R9, R11, R17, R40, R42, R44, R47, R49, and R51 is independently a single bond to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a divalent linker group to another base unit of the respective oligomer, a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium and any combination of these; and
each of R3, R7, R10, R12-R16, R18-R21, R30, R41, R43, R45-R46, R48, R50, R52-R53, and R61 is independently a hydrogen, a halogen, or selected from the group consisting of a substituted or unsubstituted: alkyl group, aryl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, acyl group, hydrocarbyl group, alkynyl group, alkynyl group, alkylaryl group, halocarbon group, thiol group, amine group, amide group, aminyl group, phosphorous-containing group, silicon-containing group, a boron-containing group, pyridinium and any combination of these.
19. (canceled)
20. (canceled)
21. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the electrocatalyst layer provides for selectivity of at least 70% for C≥2 products of CO2 reduction.
22. (canceled)
23. (canceled)
24. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the electrocatalytic system is characterized by a current density of at least 230 mA/cm2 and a selectivity of at least 72% for ethylene production via CO2 reduction for at least 190 hours.
25. The electrolytic system of claim 1, wherein the electrocatalytic system is characterized by an energy efficiency of at least 20%.
26. A porous gas-diffusion membrane comprising:
a first side and a second side; and
an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane; the electrocatalyst layer comprising:
an electrically conductive catalyst; and
a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electron conducting catalyst; wherein:
the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers;
each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and
each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure;
wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO2 gas;
wherein the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane is capable of providing transport of CO2 gas therethrough; and
wherein the electron conducting catalyst is capable of being electrically connected to an electrode of an electrolytic system.
27. A method of depositing an organic material onto an electrically conductive catalyst, the method comprising steps of:
exposing the electrically conductive catalyst to an electrolyte; wherein:
the electrically conductive catalyst is provided on a second side of a gas-diffusion membrane;
the gas-diffusion membrane is electrically insulating, porous, and CO2-permeable;
the electrolyte comprises a first salt having a first concentration and at least one additive salt having a second concentration;
the at least one additive comprises an organic cation having at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure;
applying a current and/or voltage to the electrically conductive catalyst; and
via the step of applying the current and/or voltage, reducing the at least one additive at the electrically conductive catalyst thereby depositing the organic material onto the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein:
the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers;
each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and
each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure.
28. (canceled)
29. (canceled)
30. (canceled)
31. A method for reducing CO2 gas using an electrolytic system, the method comprising steps of:
applying a voltage between an anode and a cathode of the electrolytic system; wherein the electrolytic system comprises:
the anode;
the cathode in electrical communication with the anode, the cathode comprising:
a first current collector;
a porous gas-diffusion membrane having a first side and a second side; wherein the porous gas-diffusion membrane is permeable to CO2;
an electrocatalyst layer adjacent to the second side of the gas-diffusion membrane and in electrical communication with the first current collector; the electrocatalyst layer comprising:
an electrically conductive catalyst; and
a selectivity-determining organic material attached to at least a portion of the electrically conductive catalyst; wherein:
the organic material is formed of a plurality of oligomers;
each oligomer comprises a plurality of covalently bonded base units; and
each base unit comprises at least one heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen in its ring structure; and
an anion exchange membrane adjacent to the electrocatalyst layer and positioned between the anode and the cathode; wherein anion exchange membrane is characterized by anion conductivity and the cathode is in ionic communication with the anode via the anion exchange membrane.
delivering the CO2 gas to the first side of the gas-diffusion membrane such that the CO2 gas diffuses through the gas-diffusion membrane to the electrocatalyst layer;
reducing the CO2 gas at the electrocatalyst layer to produce at least one product gas at the electrocatalyst layer, the at least one product gas having a composition comprising at least two carbon atoms (C≥2); wherein the organic material increases a selectivity for the at least one product gas with respect to reducing the CO2 gas at the electrically conductive catalyst free of the organic material;
removing the at least one product gas from the gas-diffusion membrane.
US16/925,833 2019-07-10 2020-07-10 Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes CO2-to-ethylene conversion Active 2041-02-11 US11746426B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/925,833 US11746426B2 (en) 2019-07-10 2020-07-10 Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes CO2-to-ethylene conversion

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962872383P 2019-07-10 2019-07-10
US16/925,833 US11746426B2 (en) 2019-07-10 2020-07-10 Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes CO2-to-ethylene conversion

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210062349A1 true US20210062349A1 (en) 2021-03-04
US11746426B2 US11746426B2 (en) 2023-09-05

Family

ID=74114855

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/925,833 Active 2041-02-11 US11746426B2 (en) 2019-07-10 2020-07-10 Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes CO2-to-ethylene conversion

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (1) US11746426B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2021007508A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113308707A (en) * 2021-05-13 2021-08-27 南京理工大学 Gas diffusion electrode for electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide
US20220064806A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-03 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Advanced manufactured vapor-fed electrochemical reactor (am-vfr) for improved performance for electrochemical conversion
CN114574889A (en) * 2021-12-13 2022-06-03 中国科学技术大学 Gas diffusion electrode and preparation method and application thereof
CN114908375A (en) * 2022-05-25 2022-08-16 中国科学技术大学 Electrocatalytic CO 2 Copper catalyst with stable active site in reduction and preparation method and application thereof
CN114959781A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-08-30 江苏理工学院 NiS 2 @V 2 O 5 /VS 2 Ternary heterojunction material and preparation method and application thereof
WO2023225024A1 (en) * 2022-05-16 2023-11-23 Einsted Corporation System and method for capturing and converting greenhouse gases
NL2032221B1 (en) * 2022-06-20 2024-01-08 Univ Delft Tech Device for performing a biologically catalysed electrochemical reaction
US20240044021A1 (en) * 2021-01-08 2024-02-08 Totalenergies Onetech A cascade co2 electroreduction system and related methods for enhanced production of ethylene

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10648091B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2020-05-12 Opus 12 Inc. Reactor with advanced architecture for the electrochemical reaction of CO2, CO, and other chemical compounds
CN113227457A (en) 2018-11-28 2021-08-06 欧普斯12股份有限公司 Electrolysis device and method of use
US11417901B2 (en) 2018-12-18 2022-08-16 Twelve Benefit Corporation Electrolyzer and method of use
JP2023505051A (en) 2019-11-25 2023-02-08 トゥエルブ ベネフィット コーポレーション Membrane electrode assembly for COx reduction

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4897167A (en) 1988-08-19 1990-01-30 Gas Research Institute Electrochemical reduction of CO2 to CH4 and C2 H4
FR2747694B1 (en) 1996-04-18 1998-06-05 France Etat CATHODE FOR THE REDUCTION OF CARBON DIOXIDE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SUCH A CATHODE
US20080245672A1 (en) 2007-04-03 2008-10-09 New Sky Energy, Inc. Electrochemical methods to generate hydrogen and sequester carbon dioxide
US8735023B2 (en) 2009-12-14 2014-05-27 GM Global Technology Operations LLC Fuel cell with layered electrode
US8845877B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2014-09-30 Liquid Light, Inc. Heterocycle catalyzed electrochemical process
US8956990B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2015-02-17 Dioxide Materials, Inc. Catalyst mixtures
US9481939B2 (en) 2010-07-04 2016-11-01 Dioxide Materials, Inc. Electrochemical device for converting carbon dioxide to a reaction product
US9566574B2 (en) 2010-07-04 2017-02-14 Dioxide Materials, Inc. Catalyst mixtures
US9945040B2 (en) 2010-07-04 2018-04-17 Dioxide Materials, Inc. Catalyst layers and electrolyzers
US10047446B2 (en) * 2010-07-04 2018-08-14 Dioxide Materials, Inc. Method and system for electrochemical production of formic acid from carbon dioxide
US8845878B2 (en) 2010-07-29 2014-09-30 Liquid Light, Inc. Reducing carbon dioxide to products
US20130277209A1 (en) 2010-12-28 2013-10-24 Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Chuo Kenkyusho Photochemical reaction device
FR3007426B1 (en) 2013-06-20 2017-02-03 Ifp Energies Now ACTIVE COATING BASED ON METALLIC COMPLEXES ON A POROUS CONDUCTIVE SUPPORT WITH A SPECIFIC LARGE SURFACE, METHOD OF MANUFACTURE AND USE AS A CATHODE FOR THE ELECTRODEEDUCTION OF THE CARBON DIOXIDE.
US20150203973A1 (en) 2014-01-22 2015-07-23 The California Institute Of Technology Thin film electrocatalysis
US10570524B2 (en) * 2014-09-08 2020-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Ionic polymer membrane for a carbon dioxide electrolyzer
US10344388B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2019-07-09 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba CO2 reduction catalyst, CO2 reduction electrode, CO2 reduction reaction apparatus, and process for producing CO2 reduction catalyst
DE102016218230A1 (en) 2016-09-22 2018-03-22 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Selective electrochemical hydrogenation of alkynes to alkenes
US11371152B2 (en) 2017-04-10 2022-06-28 California Institute Of Technology Product selectivity for CO2 reduction
US11613819B2 (en) 2017-06-21 2023-03-28 The Governing Council Of The University Of Toronto Catalysts with sharp reaction interface for electrochemical CO2 reduction with enhanced selectivity
EP3434810A1 (en) 2017-07-24 2019-01-30 Paul Scherrer Institut Co-electrolysis cell design for efficient co2 reduction from gas phase at low temperature
EP3571331B1 (en) 2018-03-26 2021-01-13 Total Se Composite multilayered electrocatalysts for co2 reduction and associated methods

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220064806A1 (en) * 2020-09-02 2022-03-03 Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc Advanced manufactured vapor-fed electrochemical reactor (am-vfr) for improved performance for electrochemical conversion
US20240044021A1 (en) * 2021-01-08 2024-02-08 Totalenergies Onetech A cascade co2 electroreduction system and related methods for enhanced production of ethylene
CN113308707A (en) * 2021-05-13 2021-08-27 南京理工大学 Gas diffusion electrode for electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide
CN114574889A (en) * 2021-12-13 2022-06-03 中国科学技术大学 Gas diffusion electrode and preparation method and application thereof
CN114959781A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-08-30 江苏理工学院 NiS 2 @V 2 O 5 /VS 2 Ternary heterojunction material and preparation method and application thereof
WO2023225024A1 (en) * 2022-05-16 2023-11-23 Einsted Corporation System and method for capturing and converting greenhouse gases
CN114908375A (en) * 2022-05-25 2022-08-16 中国科学技术大学 Electrocatalytic CO 2 Copper catalyst with stable active site in reduction and preparation method and application thereof
NL2032221B1 (en) * 2022-06-20 2024-01-08 Univ Delft Tech Device for performing a biologically catalysed electrochemical reaction
WO2023249484A3 (en) * 2022-06-20 2024-04-11 Technische Universiteit Delft Device for performing a biologically catalysed electrochemical reaction

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2021007508A9 (en) 2021-11-18
WO2021007508A1 (en) 2021-01-14
US11746426B2 (en) 2023-09-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210062349A1 (en) Stabilization of a co-bound intermediate via molecular tuning promotes co2-to-ethylene conversion
Hoang et al. Nanoporous copper films by additive-controlled electrodeposition: CO2 reduction catalysis
Lv et al. A highly porous copper electrocatalyst for carbon dioxide reduction
Ye et al. Elucidating the activity, mechanism and application of selective electrosynthesis of ammonia from nitrate on cobalt phosphide
Chong et al. Potential-tuned selective electrosynthesis of azoxy-, azo-and amino-aromatics over a CoP nanosheet cathode
Joya et al. Atomically monodisperse nickel nanoclusters as highly active electrocatalysts for water oxidation
Dutta et al. Morphology matters: tuning the product distribution of CO2 electroreduction on oxide-derived Cu foam catalysts
Kumar et al. Highly selective electrochemical reduction of carbon dioxide using Cu based metal organic framework as an electrocatalyst
Neri et al. A highly active nickel electrocatalyst shows excellent selectivity for CO 2 reduction in acidic media
Elgrishi et al. Terpyridine complexes of first row transition metals and electrochemical reduction of CO 2 to CO
Qiao et al. A review of catalysts for the electroreduction of carbon dioxide to produce low-carbon fuels
Kanega et al. Electroreduction of carbon dioxide to formate by homogeneous Ir catalysts in water
US10173169B2 (en) Devices for electrocatalytic conversion of carbon dioxide
CA3135774A1 (en) Electrocatalysts synthesized under co2 electroreduction and related methods and uses
Jo et al. Enhanced electrochemical conversion of CO2 to CO at bimetallic Ag-Zn catalysts formed on polypyrrole-coated electrode
Wang et al. Recent Advances in Electrochemical CO2‐to‐Multicarbon Conversion: From Fundamentals to Industrialization
Akter et al. Tandem electrocatalytic CO2 reduction inside a membrane with enhanced selectivity for ethylene
Kopczyński et al. Electrocatalytic properties of a cerium/nickel coating deposited using a deep eutectic solvent
Karthik et al. A review on electrodes used in electroorganic synthesis and the significance of coupled electrocatalytic reactions
Valiente et al. Electrochemical Proton Reduction over Nickel Foam for Z‐Stereoselective Semihydrogenation/deuteration of Functionalized Alkynes
Tsai et al. FeCo/FeCoP x O y (OH) z as Bifunctional Electrodeposited-Film Electrodes for Overall Water Splitting
Cheng et al. Selective CO2 reduction to ethylene using imidazolium-functionalized copper
Ashassi-Sorkhabi et al. Electrodes derived from conducting polymers and their composites for catalytic conversion of carbon dioxide
Li et al. Another role of CO-formation catalyst in acidic tandem CO2 electroreduction: Local pH modulator
Kolding et al. NHC-CDI Ligands Boost Multicarbon Production in Electrocatalytic CO2 Reduction by Increasing Accumulated Charged Intermediates and Promoting* CO Dimerization on Cu

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO SMALL (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: SMAL); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED

AS Assignment

Owner name: UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY;REEL/FRAME:055232/0550

Effective date: 20200716

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO, CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SARGENT, EDWARD H.;LI, FENGWANG;SIGNING DATES FROM 20200929 TO 20201007;REEL/FRAME:057768/0705

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO, CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SARGENT, EDWARD H.;LI, FENGWANG;SIGNING DATES FROM 20200929 TO 20201007;REEL/FRAME:061498/0690

Owner name: CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:AGAPIE, THEODOR;ROSAS-HERNANDEZ, ALONSO;PETERS, JONAS C.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20200930 TO 20201005;REEL/FRAME:061498/0654

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE